0 Voturi pozitive1 Voturi negative

544 (de) vizualizări268 paginiphysics dpp

Mar 20, 2018

© © All Rights Reserved

PDF, TXT sau citiți online pe Scribd

physics dpp

© All Rights Reserved

544 (de) vizualizări

physics dpp

© All Rights Reserved

- Hidden Figures: The American Dream and the Untold Story of the Black Women Mathematicians Who Helped Win the Space Race
- Hidden Figures Young Readers' Edition
- The Law of Explosive Growth: Lesson 20 from The 21 Irrefutable Laws of Leadership
- The Art of Thinking Clearly
- The E-Myth Revisited: Why Most Small Businesses Don't Work and
- The Wright Brothers
- The Other Einstein: A Novel
- State of Fear
- State of Fear
- The Power of Discipline: 7 Ways it Can Change Your Life
- The Kiss Quotient: A Novel
- The 10X Rule: The Only Difference Between Success and Failure
- Being Wrong: Adventures in the Margin of Error
- Algorithms to Live By: The Computer Science of Human Decisions

Sunteți pe pagina 1din 268

This book contains the Daily Practice Problems (DPPs) designed for the aspirants

of concepts learned in theory. Each DPP is kind of a timed test with marking scheme

and prescribed time to be spent on each problem. It enables a student to practice time

It covers all the pattern of problems asked in Target exam. Answer Key and Hints &

Solutions are also given for self evaluation. In all, it is a great tool for regular

Every effort has been taken to keep this book error free, however any suggestions to

©Copyright reserved.

All rights reserved. Any photocopying, publishing or reproduction of full or any part of this study material is strictly prohibited. This material belongs to enrolled

13RDLP

student of RESONANCE only. Any sale/resale of this material is punishable under law, subject to Kota Jurisdiction only.

DPPs File

(Class-XI)

Index

S.No. Topics Page No.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 30

DPP No. 1 Max. Time : 30 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

1. sin 300º is equal to

3 3

(A) 1/2 (B) –1/2 (C) (D)

2 2

2. Value of tan225º is :

1

(A) 3 (B) (C) 1 (D) –1

3

3

(A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) 1/4 (D)

2

4. Value of sin (37°) cos (53°) is -

9 12 16 3

(A) (B) (C) (D)

25 25 25 5

1

5. If sin = , then cos will be -

3

8 4 2 2 3

(A) (B) (C) (D)

9 3 3 4

(A) tan 45° (B) sin 90° (C) cos 90° (D) cos 0°

COMPREHENSION

Following are three equations of motion

1 2

S(t) = ut + at v(s) = u 2 2 a s v(t) = u + at

2

Where ; S, u, t, a, v are respectively the displacement (dependent variable), initial velocity (constant),

time taken (independent variable), acceleration (constant) and final velocity (dependent variable) of the

particle after time t.

7. Find displacement of a particle after 10 seconds starting from rest with a uniform acceleration of 2m/s2.

(A) 10 m (B) 100 m (C) 50 m (D) 200 m

8. Find the velocity of the particle after 100 m –

(A) 10 m/s (B) 20 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) 0 m/s

9. Find the velocity of the particle after 10 seconds if its acceleration is zero in interval (0 to 10 s) –

(A) 10 m/s (B) 20 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) 0 m/s

10. Find the displacement of the particle when its velocity becomes 10 m/s if acceleration is 5 m/s 2 all

through–

(A) 50 m (B) 200 m (C) 10 m (D) 100 m

DPPS FILE # 1

PHYSICS Total Marks : 35

DPP No. 2 Max. Time : 40 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [20, 25]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

dy

1. y = x 3 + 2x 2 + 7x + 8 then will be -

dx

(A) 3x 2 + 2x + 15 (B) 3x 2 + 4x + 7 (C) x 3 + 2x 2 + 15 (D) x 3 + 4x + 7

2. Differentiation of 2x 2 + 3x w.r.t. x is :

(A) 4x + 3 (B) 4x (C) 3 (D) 4x + 1

(A) 3/2 (B) 2/3 (C) –2/3 (D) –3/2

dy

4. y = x 4 + 3x 2 + + 2. Find :

dx

dy

5. y = 4 + 5x + 7x 3. Find :

dx

2 1 1 dy

7. y= xx 3 . Find

x x dx

1 dy

8. y = x2 + 2 . Find

x dx

COMPREHENSION

1 2

If S = ut + at

2

Where ; S is displacement, u - initial velocity (constant) , v - final velocity , a - acceleration(constant)

& t - time taken then -

at ut 2 at 3

(A) u + (B) u + at (C) u + 2at (D) +

2 2 6

(A) a (B) u + a (C) u (D) none

DPPS FILE # 2

PHYSICS Total Marks : 31

DPP No. 3 Max. Time : 32 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

dy

1. If y = sin(x) + ln(x 2) + e2x then will be :

dx

2 2 2 2

(A) cos x + + e2x (B) cos x + + 2e2x (C) – cos x + 2 + e2x (D) – cos x – + 2e2x

x x x x2

dy

2. If y = ex . cot x then will be

dx

(A) excot x – cosec2x (B) ex cosec2x (C) ex[cot x – cosec 2x] (D) excot x

dy

3. If y = x nx then will be

dx

(A) nx + x (B) 1 + n x (C) nx (D) 1

nx dy

4. If y = then will be :

x dx

(A) (B) 2 (C) 2 (D)

x x x x2

5. Differentiation of sin(x 2 + 3) w.r.t. x is -

(A) cos (x 2 + 3) (B) 2x cos(x 2 + 3) (C) (x 2 + 3) cos(x 2 + 3) (D) 2x cos(2x + 3)

dy

6. If y = x 2 sin x , then will be -

dx

(A) x 2 cos x + 2x sin x (B) 2x sin x (C) x 2 cos x (D) 2 x cos x

dy

7. If y = tan x . cos2x then will be -

dx

(A) 1 + 2sin2x (B) 1 – 2sin2x (C) 1 (D) 2 sin2x

2 4 dy

8. y = (2x +3 )4 – (7x –1)2 + 3 + 2 . Find

(3 x 1) ( 4x 3) dx

COMPREHENSION

If a function is written as :

y1 = sin(4x 2) & another function is y 2 = ln(x 3) then :

dy 1

9. , will be :

dx

(A) 8x cos (4x 2) (B) cos (4x 2) (C) – cos(4x 2) (D) –8x cos(4x 2)

dy 2

10. will be

dx

1 3 1 3

(A) 3 (B) (C) 3 (D)

x x x x2

DPPS FILE # 3

PHYSICS Total Marks : 33

DPP No. 4 Max. Time : 35 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]

Multiple choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 to Q.10 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

(A) acceleration (B) velocity (C) force (D) none

d2 y

2. If y = x 3 then is -

dx 2

(A) 6x 2 (B) 6x (C) 3x 2 (D) 3x

3. If Q = 4v 3 + 3v 2 , then the value of 'v' such that, there exist maxima of 'Q' -

1 1

(A) 0 (B) (C) (D) none

2 2

dy

4. If y = 2 sin2 + tan then will be -

d

(A) 4 sin cos + sec tan (B) 2 sin 2 + sec2

(C) 4 sin + sec2 (D) 2 cos2 + sec2

3

5. x dx is equal to :

x4 x4

(A) 3x 2 (B) C (C) (D) 4x 3

4 4

(A) –2cos x + C (B) 2 cosx + C (C) –2 cos x (D) 2 cosx

d2 y

7. If y = sinx, then will be :

dx 2

(A) cos x (B) sin x (C) – sin x (D) sin x + C

(A) Sin 0° (B) tan 0° (C) cos 0° (D) cot 0°

DPPS FILE # 4

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 5 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q. 6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1 (D)

2 2

2. The displacement of a body at any time t after starting is given by s = 15t – 0.4t 2. The velocity of the

body will be 7 ms–1 after time :

(A) 20 s (B) 15 s (C) 10 s (D) 5 s

3. For the previous question, the acceleration of the particle at any time t is :

(A) –0.8 m/s2 (B) 0.8 m/s2 (C) –0.6 m/s2 (D) 0.5 m/s2

4. A particle is moving in a straight line. Its displacement at time t is given by s (in m) = 4t 2 + 2t, then

2 second are

(A) 2 m/s, 8 m/s2 (B) 2 m/s, 6 m/s2 (C) 2 m/s , 8 m/s2 (D) 2 m/s, 8 m/s2

5. A stone thrown upwards from ground level, has its equation of height h = 490 t - 4.9 t 2 where 'h' is in

metres and t is in seconds respectively. What is the maximum height reached by it ?

6. If (x 1)dy

COMPREHENSION

If a man has a velocity varying with time given as v = 3t 2 , v is in m/s and t in sec then :

(A) 18 m/s (B) 9 m/s (C) 27 m/s (D) 36 m/s

(A) 10 m (B) 6 m (C) 12 m (D) 8 m

(A) 9 m/s2 (B) 18 m/s2 (C) 12 m/s2 (D) 6 m/s2

DPPS FILE # 5

PHYSICS Total Marks : 33

DPP No. 6 Max. Time : 36 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [12, 15]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

dy

1. If y = 2x 3 + 3x 2 + 6x + 1 , then will be -

dx

(A) 6(x 2 + x + 1) (B) 6(x 2 + x + 2) (C) 6x 2 + 3x (D) (x 2 + 6x + 1)

1 (3 y 2 4 y 3)2 (6y 4)

(A) 2 (B) + C (C) (3y2 + 4y + 3) (D)

3y 4 y 3 2 (3 y 2 4 y 3 )

x 1

3. If f(x) = , then the value of f(f(f(x))) is :

x –1

x 1 x 1

(A) (B) 1 (C) (D) x

x 1 x 1

1/ 3 1

4. (x) – 1/ 3

(x)

dx is equal to :

(A) x 4/3 – x 2/3 + c (B) x – x + c (C) x – x + c (D) (x)4/3 – (x)2/3 + c

3 3 4 3 4 2

6. Integrate the following : (2t – 4)–4 dt

dt

7. Integrate the following : (6 t 1)

COMPREHENSION

If charge flown through a cross section of wire in one direction during 0 to t is given by q = 3 sin (3t) then

8. Find out the amount of charge flowing through the wire till t = seconds.

6

(A) 3 coulombs (B) 6 coulombs (C) 1 coulomb (D) Zero coulomb

9. Find out the current flowing through the wire at t = second.

9

(A) 4.5 Amp (B) 4.5 3 Amp (C) 3 /2 Amp (D) 9 Amp.

10. Find out the area under i – t curve from t = to t = seconds :

9 6

2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3

(A) 3 2 (B) 3 2 (C) 2 (D) 2

DPPS FILE # 6

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 7 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q. 6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

dy

1. If y = sin x , then is :

dx

1 cos x 1 1 cos x 1

(A) (B) tan x cos x (C) (D) cot x cos x

4 x sin x 4 x 4 x sin x 4 x

2. A particle moves along a straight line such that its displacement at any time t is given by :

s = t 3 – 6t 2 + 3t + 4 metresThe velocity when the acceleration is zero is :

(A) 3 ms–1 (B) – 12 ms–1 (C) 42 ms–1 (D) – 9 ms–1

3. The area of region between y = sinx and x–axis in the interval 0, will be :

2

1

(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D)

2

/2

2

4. The value of x dx will be :

sin

0

(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) (D)

4 2

Evaluate : -

1

2

5. (3 x

0

4)dx

/2

6. (sin x cos x) dx

0

COMPREHENSION

If a = (3t 2 + 2t + 1)m/s2 is the expression according to which the acceleration of a particle varies moving

along a straight line . Then -

7. The expression for instantaneous velocity at any time 't' will be (if the particle was initially at rest) -

(A) t 3 + 2t + 1 (B) t 3 + t + 1 (C) t 3 + t 2 + t (D) t 3 + t 2 + t + C

8. The change in velocity after 3 seconds of its start is :

(A) 30 m/s (B) 39 m/s (C) 3 m/s (D) 20 m/s

(A) 26 m (B) 26/3 m (C) 30/7 m (D) 26/7 m

DPPS FILE # 7

PHYSICS Total Marks : 32

DPP No. 8 Max. Time : 33 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. If A is 2 î 9 ĵ 4 k̂ , then 4 A will be :

2. Which of the following vector is equal as that of

1m

1m

x

3. The point for the curve, y = xe ,

(A) x = - 1 is minima (B) x = 0 is minima (C) x = - 1 is maxima (D) x = 0 is maxima

4. The function x 5 - 5x 4 + 5x 3 - 10 has a maxima, when x =

(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0

5. The unit vector along A = 2 î 3 ĵ is :

2 î 3 ĵ 2 î 3 ĵ 2 î 3 ĵ

(A) 2 î 3 ĵ (B) (C) (D)

2 3 13

(A) (B) (C)

A (D)

A (E) Â

7. The x-component of a certain vector in x-y-plane is 2 units and y-component is + 2 3 units. What is the

magnitude of the vector.

COMPREHENSION y

Position vector A is 2 î

Position vector B is 3 ĵ x

î, ĵ, k̂ are along the shown x,y and z axes : z

8. Geometrical representation of A is

(D)

2 units 2 units 2 units

9. Geometrical representation of B is :

(D)

3 units 3 units 3 units

10. 4 A can be represented as

(A) 8 units (B) 8 units (C) A (D) A

DPPS FILE # 8

PHYSICS Total Marks : 32

DPP No. 9 Max. Time : 33 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [24, 24]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.10 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. Given : A = 2 î 3 ĵ and B = 5 î 6 ĵ

The magnitude of ( A B) is :

(A) 120 units (B) 130 units (C) 58 units (D) 65 units

2. Unit vector along 3 î 3 ĵ is

î ĵ 3 î 3 ĵ î ĵ

(A) (B) (C) î ĵ (D)

2 2 3

3. For the figure shown.

(A) A B C (B) B C A (C) C A B (D) A B C 0

(A) Any two vectors (B) Two scalars

(C) A vector and a scalar (D) Two vectors representing same physical quantity.

| A B|

5. If A and B are two non–zero vectors such that | A B | = and | A | = 2 | B | then the angle

2

between A and B is :

(A) 37º (B) 53º (C) cos–1(–3/4) (D) cos–1(–4/3)

6. Vectors A î ĵ 2k̂ and B 3 î 3 ĵ 6k̂ are :

(A) Parallel (B) Antiparallel (C) Perpendicular (D) at acute angle with each other

7. A particle is moving with speed 6 m/s along the direction of A = 2 î + 2 ĵ – k̂ , then its velocity is :

8. If P = î ĵ – k̂ and Q = î – ĵ k̂ , then unit vector along ( P – Q ) is :

1 1 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ ĵ – k̂ 2 ĵ – 2 k̂

(A) î – k̂ (B) (C) (D)

2 2 2 2 2 4

9. If a b a b then angle between a and b may be

(A) 50° (B) 90° (C) 60° (D) 120°

10. Find the magnitude of the unknown forces X and Y if sum of all forces is zero.

DPPS FILE # 9

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 10 Max. Time : 28 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. A particle is moving in a straight line with initial velocity u and uniform acceleration f. If the sum of the

distances travelled in t th and (t + 1)th seconds is 100cm, then its velocity after t seconds, in cm/s, is

(A) 20 (B) 30 (C) 50 (D) 80

2. If A,B & A B are three non–zero vector. Such that A B is perpendicular to B then which of one is

correct :

B B

(A) A B (B) A (C) A > B (D) A >

2 2

3. A car covers a distance of 2 km in 2.5 minutes. If it covers half of the distance with speed 40 km/hr, the

rest distance it shall cover with a speed of:

(A) 56 km/hr (B) 60 km/hr (C) 48 km/hr (D) 50 km/hr

4. The displacement of a body is given by r = a 2 t 2 + t cos t 2, where t is the time and a is constant.

Its velocity is:

t t

(A) + cos t 2 t sin 2t (B) + cos t 2 2 t 2 sin t 2

a 2 t2 a 2 t 2

a

(C) 2 + 2 t cos t 2 sin t + sin t (D) a t 2 t sin t 2

(a t2 )

5. A body goes 30 km south and then 40 km east. What will be the displacement from initial point ?

(A) 50 km, 37º South of East (B) 30 km, 37º South of East

(C) 40 km, 53º South of East (D) 70 km, 53º South of East

6. The displacement of a body from a reference point is given by, x = 2 t 3, where ' x ' is in metres and

it is non negative number, t in seconds. This shows that the body :

(A) is at rest at t = 3/2 (B) is speeding up for t > 3/2

(C) is retarded for t < 3/2 (D) is in uniform motion

(A) Average speed of a particle in a given time interval is never less than the magnitude of the average

velocity.

d d

(B) It is possible to have a situation in which 0 but 0.

dt dt

(C) The average velocity of a particle is zero in a time interval. It is possible that the instantaneous

velocity is never zero in the interval.

(D) The average velocity of a particle moving on a straight line is zero in a time interval. It is possible that

the instantaneous velocity is never zero in the interval. (Infinite acceleration are not allowed)

8. A body moves with uniformly accelerated motion and travels 200 cm in the first two seconds and 220

cm in the next four seconds. What will be the velocity at the end of 7 seconds from start?

DPPS FILE # 10

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 11 Max. Time : 28 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the ground. It crosses a point at the height of 25 m twice at an

interval of 4 secs. The ball was thrown with the velocity of

(A) 20 m/sec. (B) 25 m/sec.

(C) 30 m/sec. (D) 35 m/sec.

(A) the mass of the body (B) the square of the acceleration due to gravity

(C) the square of the time of fall (D) the time of fall

3. The acceleration–time graph of a particle moving on a straight line is as shown in figure. The velocity of the

particle at time t = 0 is 2m/s. The velocity after 2 seconds will be

(C) 2 m/s (D) 8 m/s

4. A parachutist drops freely from an aeroplane for 10 s before the parachute opens out. Then he descends with

a net retardation of 2.5 ms–2. If he bails out of the plane at a height of 2495 m and g = 10 ms–2, his velocity on

reaching the ground will be

(A) 2.5 ms–1 (B) 7.5 ms–1

–1

(C) 5 ms (D) 10 ms–1

5. The displacement of a body is given to be proportional to the cube of time elapsed. Acceleration of the body

is proportional to :

(A) t4 (B) t3

2

(C) t (D) t

6. A ball is thrown vertically up with a certain velocity. It attains a height of 40 m and comes back to the thrower.

Then the:(g = 10m/s2)

(A) total distance covered by it is 40 m (B) total displacement covered by it is 80 m

(C) total displacement is zero (D) the average velocity for round trip is zero

DPPS FILE # 11

COMPREHENSION

A particle moves along x-axis. It’s velocity is a function of time according to relation V = (3t2–18t + 24) m/s

assume at t = 0 particle is at origin.

(A) 18 m (B) 20 m (C) 22 m (D) 24 m

(A) 0 – 3 sec (B) 0 – 2 sec (C) 2–4 sec (D) 2–3 sec

9. Which of the following graph may be correct for the motion of particle

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

DPPS FILE # 12

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 12 Max. Time : 28 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. A bird flies for 4 seconds with a velocity of |t – 2| m/sec. in a straight line, where t = time in seconds. It

covers a distance of

(A) 4 m (B) 6 m (C) 8m (D) none of these

(B) It moves with an acceleration of constant magnitude but changing direction at the end of every

two second

(C) The displacement of the particle is zero

(D) The velocity becomes zero at t = 4 second

3. The graph shown in the figure shows the velocity v versus time t of a body. Which of the graphs shown

in figure represents the corresponding acceleration versus time graphs?

4. The position vector of a particle is given as r = (t 2 – 4t + 6) î + (t 2 ) ĵ . The time after which the velocity

vector and acceleration vector becomes perpendicular to each other is equal to

(A) 1sec (B) 2 sec (C) 1.5 sec (D) not possible

5. A car starts from rest and moves with constant acceleration. The ratio of the distance covered in the nth

second to distance covered in n seconds is :

2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

(A) 2 – (B) 2 + (C) – 2 (D) + 2

n n n n n n n n

DPPS FILE # 13

6. An ant is at a corner of a cubical room of side ' a '. The ant can move with a constant speed u. The

minimum time taken to reach the farthest corner of the cube is:

(A)

3a

(B)

3a

(C)

5a

(D)

2 1a

u u u u

7. A person starts from origin and for his linear motion velocity is given as shown in figure. Draw displacement

and acceleration graph with respect to time. Also find maximum displacement of the person.

DPPS FILE # 14

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 13 Max. Time : 24 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A lift starts from rest. Its acceleration is plotted against time in the following graph. When it comes to

rest its height above its starting point is:

2. A particle moves through the origin of an xy-cordinate system at t = 0 with initial velocity u = 4i - 5 j m/s. The

particle moves in the xy plane with an acceleration a = 2i m/s2. Speed of the particle at t = 4 second is :

(A) 12 m/s (B) 8 2 m/s (C) 5 m/s (D) 13 m/s

3. The instantaneous velocity of a particle is equal to time derivative of its position vector and the

instantaneous acceleration is equal to time derivative of its velocity vector. Therefore:

(A) the instantaneous velocity depends on the instantaneous position vector

(B) instantaneous acceleration is independent of instantaneous position vector and

instantaneous velocity

(C) instantaneous acceleration is independent of instantaneous position vector but depends on the

instantaneous velocity

(D) instantaneous acceleration depends both on the instantaneous position v ector and the

instantaneous velocity.

4. The velocity of a car moving on a straight road increases linearly according to equation,

v = a + b x, where a & b are positive constants. The acceleration in the course of such motion: (x is the

displacement)

(A) increases (B) decreases (C) stay constant (D) becomes zero

5. A point moves in a straight line under the retardation a v 2 , where ‘a’ is a positive constant and v is

speed. If the initial velocity is u , the distance covered in ' t ' seconds is :

1 1

(A) a u t (B) ln (a u t) (C) ln (1 + a u t) (D) a ln (a u t)

a a

COMPREHENSION

The velocity 'v' of a particle moving along straight line is given in terms of time t as v = 3(t2 – t) where t is in

seconds and v is in m/s.

6. The distance travelled by particle from t = 0 to t = 2 seconds is :

(A) 2 m (B) 3 m (C) 4 m (D) 6 m

(A) 1 m (B) 2 m (C) 3 m (D) 4 m

(A) 0.5 sec (B) 1 sec. (C) 2 sec. (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 15

PHYSICS Total Marks : 34

DPP No. 14 Max. Time : 35 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q9 (4 marks, 4 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.10 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. A particle of mass 2 kg moves in the xy plane under the action of a constant force F where

F î ĵ . Initially the velocity of the particle is 2 î . The velocity of the particle at time t is

1 1 1 1 1

(A) (t + 4) î – t ĵ (B) t ( î – ĵ ) (C) t ( î – ĵ ) (D) t î + (t + 4) ĵ

2 2 2 2 2

2. A point moves rectilinearly. Its position x at time t is given by , x 2 = t 2 + 1. Its acceleration at time t is:

1 1 1 t

(A) 3 (B) (C) (D) none of these

x x x2 x2

3. A man moves on his motorbike with speed 54 km/h and then takes a U turn (180°) and continues to move

with same speed. The time of U turn is 10 s. Find the magnitude of average acceleration during U turn .

(A) 0 (B) 3 ms–2 (C) 1.5 2 ms–2 (D) none of these

4. Distance between a frog and an insect on a horizontal plane is 10 m. Frog can jump with a maximum speed

of 10 m/s. g =10 m/s2. Minimum number of jumps required by the frog to catch the insect is :

5. A clock has a minute-hand 10 cm long. Find the average velocity between 6.00 AM to 6.30 AM for the tip of

minute-hand.

22 2 12 2

(A) cm min–1 (B) cm min–1 (C) cm min–1 (D) cm min–1

21 21 21 3

6. A stone is dropped from the top of a tower. When it has fallen by 5m from the top, another stone is dropped

from a point 25m below the top. If both stones reach the ground at the same moment, then height of the tower

from ground is : (take g = 10m/s2)

(A) 45 m (B) 50m (C) 60m (D) 65m

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

(A) cos 3 (B) cos 3 (C) cos 3 (D) cos 3

DPPS FILE # 16

8. A particle is dropped from a finite height H above the ground level under gravity. Due to air resistance

acceleration of particle become a = g – kv in the direction of velocity. Where k = positive constant & v = speed

of particle. Then which of the following graph(s) is/are possible (t0 = time when particle touches the ground):

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

9. A particle moves with an initial velocity v0 along straight line and retardation v, where v is its velocity

at any time t ( is a positive constant).

(A) the particle will cover a total distance of v0/

(B) the particle will continue to move for a very long time

(C) the particle will stop shortly

(D) the velocity of particle will become v0/2 after time 1/.

10. A particle moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration of – 4 m/s2 passes through a point A on

the line with a velocity of + 8 m/s at some moment. Find the distance travelled by the particle in 5 seconds

after that moment.

DPPS FILE # 17

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 15 Max. Time : 24 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [24, 24]

ax 2 bx 2 bx bx 3

(A) y (B) y (C) y (D) y

b a a a

2. Speed at the maximum height of a projectile is half of its initial speed u. Its range on the horizontal

plane is:

2u 2 3 u2 u2 u2

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3g 2g 3g 2g

3. A cricket ball is hit for a six leaving the bat at an angle of 45º to the horizontal with kinetic energy k. At

the top of trajectory the kinetic energy of the ball is :

k k

(A) zero (B) k (C) (D)

2 2

4. A particle is projected from a horizontal floor with speed 10 m/s at an angle 30º with the floor and striking the

floor after sometime. State which is correct.

(A) Velocity of particle will be perpendicular to initial direction two seconds after projection.

(B) Minimum speed of particle will be 5 m/sec.

(C) Displacement of particle after half second will be 35/4 m.

(D) Noneofthese

5. A body is projected with a speed u at an angle to the horizontal to have maximum range. At the highest

point the speed is :

u

(A) zero (B) u 2 (C) u (D)

2

6. Ratio of the ranges of the bullets fired from a gun (of constant muzzle speed) at angle , 2 & 4 is found in

the ratio x : 2 : 2, then the value of x will be (Assume same muzzle speed of bullets)

7. A particle is projected with a speed 10 2 m/s making an angle 45º with the horizontal. Neglect the

effect of air friction. Then after 1 second of projection. Take g=10 m/s2

(A) the height of the particle above the point of projection is 5 m.

(B) the height of the particle above the point of projection is 10 m.

(C) the horizontal distance of the particle from the point of projection is 5 m.

(D) the horizontal distance of the particle from the point of projection is 15 m.

8. A particle has initial velocity, v = 3 î 4 ĵ and a constant force F = 4î 3 ĵ acts on the particle. The path of the

particle is :

(A) straight line (B) parabolic (C) circular (D) elliptical

DPPS FILE # 18

PHYSICS Total Marks : 34

DPP No. 16 Max. Time : 38 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.10 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. For ground to ground projectile motion equation of path is y = 12 x – 3/4 x2. Given that g = 10 ms–2. What is

the range of the projectile?

(A) 36m (B) 30.6 m (C) 16 m (D) 12.4 m

2. The vertical height of the projectile at time t is given by y = 4t – t 2 and the horizontal distance covered

is given by x = 3t. What is the angle of projection with the horizontal?

(A) tan–1 3/5 (B) tan–1 4/5 (C) tan–1 4/3 (D) tan–1 3/4

3. A particle A is projected with speed VA from a point making an angle 60º with the horizontal. At the same instant,

second particle B (lie in the same horizontal plane) is thrown vertically upwards from a point directly below the

maximum height point of parabolic path of A , with velocity VB. If the two particles collide then the ratio of VA/VB

should be ;

(A) 1 (B) 2 / 3 (C) 3 /2 (D) 3

4. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate for some time after which it decelerates at a constant

rate to come to rest. If total time taken by car is t, then maximum velocity V will be :

2 2

(A) V t (B) V t (C) V t (D) V t

5. A lift is moving in upward direction with speed 20 m/s and having acceleration 5 m/s 2 in downward

direction. A bolt drops from the ceiling of lift at that moment. Just after the drop, the :

(A) velocity of bolt with respect to ground is zero

(B) velocity of bolt with respect to ground is 20 m/s in upward direction

(C) acceleration of bolt with respect to ground is 5 m/s2

(D) none of these

6. A balloon is moving with constant upward acceleration of 1 m/s2. A stone is thrown from the balloon downwards

with speed 10 m/s with respect to the balloon. At the time of projection balloon is at height 120 m from the

ground and is moving with speed 20 m/s upward. The time required to fall on the ground by the stone after the

projection will be-

(C) 6 sec. (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 19

7. A particle is projected under gravity at an angle of projection 45° with horizontal. Its horizontal range is 36 m.

Find maximum Height attained by particle.

8. A bullet is fired with speed 50 m/s at 45° angle with horizontal. Find the height of the bullet when its direction

of motion makes angle 30° with the horizontal.

9. In the column-, the path of a projectile (initial velocity 10 m/s and angle of projection with horizontal 60° in all

cases) is shown in different cases. Rangle 'R' is to be matched in each case from column-. Take g = 10 m/

s2. Arrow on the trajectory indicates the direction of motion of projectile.

Column-I Column-II

15 3

(A) (p) R = m

2

40

(B) (q) R = m

3

(C) (r) R = 5 3 m

20

(D) (s) R = m

3

DPPS FILE # 20

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 17 Max. Time : 28 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

1. A stone projected at angle ‘’ with horizontal from the roof of a tall building falls on the ground after three

second. Two second after the projection it was again at the level of projection. Then the height of the building

is -

(A) 5 m (B) 25 m (C) 20 m (D) 15 m

2. The maximum height attained by a projectile thrown over a horizontal ground is increased by 5%, keeping

the angle of projection constant. What is the percentage increase in the horizontal range?

3. A stone is projected from point A with speed u making an angle 60° with horizontal as shown. The fixed

inclined surface makes an angle 30° with horizontal. The stone lands at B after time t. Then the

distance AB is equal to .

ut 3ut

(A) (B) (C) 3ut (D) 2 ut

3 2

4. The velocity of a particle moving on the x-axis is given by v = x2 + x (for x > 0) where v is in m/s and x is in

m. Find its acceleration in m/s2 when passing through the point x = 2m

(A) 0 (B) 5 (C) 11 (D) 30

5. A particle is moving in a circle of radius r with constant speed v as shown in the figure. The magnitude

of change in velocity in moving from P to Q is :

(C) 2 v cos 20º (D) none of these

DPPS FILE # 21

6. Initially car A is 10.5 m ahead of car B. Both start moving at time t = 0 in the same direction along a straight

line. The velocity time graph of two cars is shown in figure. The time when the car B will catch the car A, will

be

(C) 20 sec. (D) None of these

7. Two particles, one with constant velocity 50m/s and the other start from rest with uniform

acceleration 10m/s 2, start moving simultaneously from the same position in the same direction.

They will be at a distance of 125m from each other after

(A) 5 sec. (B) 5(1 + 2) sec.

(C) 10sec. (D) 10( 2 + 1)sec.

COMPREHENSION

A bus is moving rightward with a velocity of 15 m/sec and on the bus a monkey is running oppositely

with a velocity of 5 m/sec (with respect to the bus). Nearby a helicopter is rising vertically up with a

velocity of 10 m/sec.

10m/s

5m/s

15m/s

9. Find out the direction of the bus as seen by the helicopter's pilot.

DPPS FILE # 22

PHYSICS Total Marks : 32

DPP No. 18 Max. Time : 35 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.8 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. Person A observes B moving in east direction with speed 10 m/s, B observes C moving in south direction with

speed 20 m/s, C observes D moving in west direction with speed 30 m/s & D observes a tree moving with

speed 40 m/s in north direction. Then the actual direction of motion of person ‘A’ (with respect to ground) will

be -

(A) north - west (B) north - east (C) south - east (D) none of these

2. A boat has a velocity 4 m/s towards east with respect to river and river is flowing towards north with velocity 2 m/

s. Wind is blowing towards north with velocity 6 m/s. The direction of the flag blown over by the wind hoisted on

the boat is:

1

(A) north-west (B) south-east (C) tan1 with east (D) north

2

3. For a particle undergoing rectilinear motion with uniform acceleration, the magnitude of displacement is one

third the distance covered in some time interval. The magnitude of final velocity is less than magnitude of

initial velocity for this time interval. Then the ratio of initial speed to the final speed for this time interval is :

(A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 3

4. A man is sitting inside a moving train and observes the stationary objects outside of the train. Then choose

the single correct choice from the following statements -

(A) all stationary objects outside the train will move with same velocity in opposite direction of the train with

respect to the man.

(B) stationary objects near the train will move with greater velocity & object far from train will move with lesser

velocity with respect to the man.

(C) large objects like moon or mountains will move with same velocity as that of the train.

(D) all of these.

5. A particle is projected in such a way that it follows a curved path with constant acceleration a . For finite

interval of motion. Which of the following option(s) may be correct :

u = initial velocity a = acceleration of particle v = velocity at t > 0

(A) | a u | 0 (B) | a v | 0 (C) | u v | 0 (D) u.v 0

(A) When it rises to half its maximum height, its speed becomes u/2.

(B) When it rises to half its maximum height, its speed becomes u / 2 .

(C) The time taken to rise to half its maximum height is half the time taken to reach its maximum

height.

(D) The time taken to rise to three-fourth of its maximum height is half the time taken to reach its maximum

height.

DPPS FILE # 23

7. When two bodies move uniformly towards each other, the distance between them diminishes by 16 m

in every 10 s. If bodies move with velocities of the same magnitude (as before )and in the same

direction then distance between them will decrease 3 m every 5 s. Calculate the velocity of each body.

8. Two particles A and B moving in x-y plane are at origin at t = 0 sec. The initial velocity vectors of A and

B are u A = 8 î m/s and uB = 8 ĵ m/s. The acceleration of A and B are constant and are a A = –2 î m/s2

and a B = – 2 ĵ m/s2. Column gives certain statements regarding particle A and B. Column gives

corresponding results. Match the statements in column with corresponding results in Column .

Column I Column II

of A relative to B is zero

when their relative velocity is zero.

at which A and B are at same position

DPPS FILE # 24

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 19 Max. Time : 26 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. For a given acceleration - time graph , there exist _______ velocity - time graph.

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) many

2. For which of the following graphs the average velocity of a particle moving along a straight line for time interval

(0, t) must be negative -

with time t is shown in following figure. The figure indicates :

(A) the particle starts with a certain speed but the motion is retarded

(B) the velocity of particle is constant throughout motion

(C) the acceleration of the particle is constant throughout motion

(D) the particle starts with certain speed and moves with increasing speed .

point ' A ' as shown in the figure. At the same time the wedge is made to

move with speed 10 3 m/s towards right. Then the time after which

particle will strike with

wedge is (g = 10 m/sec 2) :

4

(A) 2 sec (B) 2 3 sec (C) sec (D) none of these

3

5. Two cars A and B are racing along straight line. Car A is leading, such that their relative velocity is directly

proportional to the distance between the two cars. When the lead of car A is 1 = 10 m, its running 10 m/s

faster than car B. Determine the time car A will take to increase its lead to 2 = 20 m from car B.

COMPREHENSION

A particle which is initially at rest at the origin, is subjected to an acceleration with x- and y-components

as shown. After time t = 5 , the particle has no acceleration.

(A) 10 5 m/s (B) 5 10 m/s (C) 5 5 m/s (D) None of these

7. What is the magnitude of average velocity of the particle between t = 0 and t = 4 seconds?

5 5

(A) 13 m/s (B) 17 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) None of these

2 2

8. When is the particle at its farthest distance from the y-axis?

(A) 3 sec. (B) 2 sec. (C) 4 sec. (D) 1 sec.

DPPS FILE # 25

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 20 Max. Time : 28 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

(A) if speed of a body is varying, its velocity must be varying and it must have zero acceleration

(B) if velocity of a body is varying, its speed must be varying

(C) a body moving with varying velocity may have constant speed

(D) a body moving with varying speed may have constant velocity if its direction of motion remains constant.

2. At a harbour, a boat is standing and wind is blowing at a speed of 2 m/sec. due to which, the flag on the

boat flutters along north–east. Now the boat enters in to river, which is flowing with a velocity of 2 m/sec. due

north. The boat starts with zero velocity relative to the river and its constant acceleration relative to the river

is 0.2 m/sec2 due east. In which direction will the flag flutter at 10 seconds ?

(A) south-east (B) south–west (C) 30º south of west (D) west

3. A point moves in a straight line under the retardation a v 2 , where ‘a’ is a positive constant and v is

speed. If the initial speed is u , the distance covered in ' t ' seconds is :

1 1

(A) a u t (B) ln(a u t) (C) ln (1 + a u t) (D) a ln (a u t)

a a

4. The velocity of a car moving on a straight road increases linearly according to equation, v = a + b x,

where a & b are positive constants. The acceleration in the course of such motion: (x is the distance

travelled)

(A) increases (B) decreases (C) stay constant (D) becomes zero

5. Which one of the following cannot be explained on the basis of Newton's third law of motion?

(A) rowing of boat in a pond (B) motion of jet in the sky

(C) rebounding of a ball from a wall (D) returning back of body thrown above

6. At a particular instant velocity and acceleration of a particle are ( î ĵ 2k̂ )m/s and ( 3 î ĵ k̂ )m/s2

respectively at the given instant particle's speed is :

(A) increasing (B) decreasing (C) constant (D) can't be say

7. In the figure the top view of a compartment of a train is shown. A man is sitting at a corner ‘B’ of the

compartment. The man throws a ball (with respect to himself) along the surface of the floor towards the

corner ‘D’ of the compartment of the train. The ball hits the corner ‘A’ of the compartment, then find the time

at which it hits A after the ball is thrown. Assume no other collision during motion and floor is smooth. The

length of the compartment is given as ‘’ and the train is moving with constant acceleration ‘a’ in the direction

shown in the figure.

8. A balloon is ascending vertically with an acceleration of 0.4 m/s 2. Two stones are dropped from it at an

interval of 2 sec. Find the distance between them 1.5 sec. after the second stone is released.

(g = 10 m/sec2)

DPPS FILE # 26

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 21 Max. Time : 24 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [24, 24]

1. Two points P and Q move in same plane such that the relative acceleration of P with respect to Q is zero.

They are moving such that the distance between them is decreasing. Pick the correct statement for P and Q

to collide

(A) The line joining P and Q should not rotate.

(B) The line joining P and Q should rotate with constant angular speed

(C) The line joining P and Q should rotate with variable angular speed

(D) All the above statement are correct

2. A stone projected at an angle of 60º from the ground level strikes at an angle of 30º on the roof of a building

of height ‘h’. Then the speed of projection of the stone is :

3. A man is on ship which is moving in east direction with speed 60 km/hr. Waves of ocean is taking ship

towards west with speed 20 km/hr. Man start running on ship with flag in his hand in north direction with

speed 30 km/hr and wind is blowing with 50 km/hr, 37º towards south of west then find the direction of flutter

the flag as seen by man on ground.

(A) 37º south of west (B) 53º south of west

(C) 37º west of north (D) flag will not flutter

4. (i) (ii)

(iii) (iv)

(v)

In all the given cases blocks are in contact and the forces are applied as shown. All the surfaces are smooth.

Then in which of the following cases, normal reaction between the two blocks is zero :

(A) (i) , (iv) (B) (ii) , (iii) (C) (iii) (D) (v)

DPPS FILE # 27

5. A body of mass 1 kg lies on smooth inclined plane. A force F = 10N is applied horizontally on the block

as shown. The magnitude of normal reaction by inclined plane on the block is:

10

(A) 10 2 N (B) N (C) 10 N (D) none of these

2

6. A frictionless wire is fixed between A and B inside of a hollow sphere of radius R as shown. A bead slips along

the wire starting from the rest at point A. The time taken by the bead to slip from A to B will be

2 gR 2 gR cos

(A) 2 R / g (B) gR / g cos (C) (D)

g cos g

7. At t = 0, a particle at (1,0,0) moves towards point (4,4,12) with a constant velocity of magnitude 65 m/s. The

position of the particle is measured in metres and time in sec. Assuming constant velocity, the position of the

particle at t = 2 sec is :

(A) (13 î 120 ĵ 40 k̂ ) m (B) (40 î 31 ĵ 120 k̂ ) m

8. A constant force acts on a mass m at rest. Velocity acquired in travelling a fixed distance is directly

proportional to :

1

(A) m (B) m (C) (D) none

m

DPPS FILE # 28

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 22 Max. Time : 26 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

1. A uniform sphere of weight w and radius 3 m is being held by a string of length 2 m. attached to a

frictionless wall as shown in the figure. The tension in the string will be:

2. Two weights W 1 and W 2 in equillibrium and at rest, are suspended as shown in figure. Then the ratio

W1

is:

W2

3. If v = x 2 5 x + 4, find the acceleration of the particle when velocity of the particle is zero.

(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) none of these

4. Three weights are hanging over a smooth fixed pulley as shown in the figure. What is the tension in the

string connecting weights B and C?

DPPS FILE # 29

5. A ball is shot in a long hall having a roof at a height of 10 m with 25 m/s at an angle of 37° with the floor. The

ball lands on the floor at a distance of .............. from the point of projection. (Assume elastic collisions if

any)

10m

37°

6. Two smooth spheres each of radius 5 cm and weight W is in equilibrium inside a fixed smooth cylinder

of radius 8 cm as shown in the figure. The reactions between the spheres and the vertical side of the

cylinder are:

(C) 3W/4 & 3W/4 (D) W & W

7. A cart of mass 0.5 kg is placed on a smooth surface and is connected by a string to a block of mass 0.2 kg.

At the initial moment the cart moves to the left along a horizontal plane at a speed of 7 m/s. (Use g = 9.8 m/

s2)

0.5 kg

0.2 kg

2g

(A) The acceleration of the cart is towards right.

7

(B) The cart comes to momentary rest after 2.5 s.

(C) The distance travelled by the cart in the first 5s is 17.5 m.

(D) The velocity of the cart after 5s will be same as initial velocity.

8. Three blocks are connected by light strings as shown in figure and pulled by a force F = 60 N.

If m A = 10 kg, m B = 20 kg and m C = 30 kg, then :

(C) T 2 = 30 N (D) T 1 = 20 N & T 2 = 40 N

DPPS FILE # 30

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 23 Max. Time : 29 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. A man of mass m stands on a platform of equal mass m and pulls himself by two ropes passing over

pulleys as shown. If he pulls each rope with a force equal to half his weight, his upward acceleration

would be :

(C) g (D) zero

2. Two blocks of masses m 1 and m 2 are connected as shown in the figure. The acceleration of the block

m 2 is (pullyes and strings are ideal) :

m2 g m1g

(A) m m (B) m m

1 2 1 2

4m 2 gm1 g m2 g

(C) m1 m 2

(D) m 4m

1 2

3. In the system shown in figure assume that cylinder remains in contact with the two wedges. The

velocity of cylinder is -

u 13 u

(A) 19 4 3 m/s (B) m/s

2 2

DPPS FILE # 31

4. A system is as shown in the figure. All speeds shown are with respect to ground. Then the speed of

Block B with respect to ground is :

5. A wedge of height 'h' is released from rest with a light particle P placed

on it as shown. The wedge slides down an incline which makes an

angle with the horizontal. All the surfaces are smooth, P will reach

the surface of the incline in time:

2h 2h 2h 2h

(A) (B) (C) (D)

gsin 2 g sin cos g tan g cos 2

6. A block of weight 9.8N is placed on a table. The table surface exerts an upward force of 10 N on the

block. Assume g = 9.8 m/s2.

(B) The block exerts a force of 19.8N on the table

(C) The block exerts a force of 9.8N on the table

(D) The block has an upward acceleration.

7. A block of mass M1 = 3 kg on a smooth fixed inclined plane of angle 300 is connected by a cord over a

small frictionless pulley to a second block of mass 2 kg hanging vertically. The tension in the cord and

the acceleration of each block are _______ and _______ respectively.

8. In which of the following cases the magnitude of acceleration of the block A will be maximum (Neglect

friction, mass of pulley and string)

(i) (ii)

m A 2m m A 2mg

m

smooth A m A

(iii) (iv)

2mg B 2m

DPPS FILE # 32

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 24 Max. Time : 25 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

True or False (no negative marking) Q.7 (2 marks, 2 min.) [2, 2]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. System is shown in the figure. Velocity of sphere A is 9 m/s. Then speed of sphere B will be:

5

(A) 9 m/s (B) 12 m/s (C) 9 m/s (D) none of these

4

2. A boy and a block, both of same mass, are suspended at the same horizontal level, from each end of a light

string that moves over a frictionless pulley as shown. The boy starts moving upwards with an acceleration

2.5 m/s2 relative to the rope. If the block is to travel a total distance 10 m before reaching at the pulley, the

time taken by the block in doing so is equal to :

10

(A) 8 s (B) 4s (C) s (D) 8s

2

3. In the figure shown neglecting friction and mass of pulleys, what is the acceleration of mass B ?

g 5g

(A) (B)

3 2

2g

(C) g (D)

5

DPPS FILE # 33

4. A wire is bent in a parabolic shape followed by equation x = 4y2. Consider origin as vertex of parabola. A wire

parallel to y axis moves with constant speed 4 m/s along x-axis in the plane of bent wire. Then the acceleration

of touching point of straight wire and parabolic wire is (when straight wire has x coordinate = 4 m) :

1 1

(A) (B) – ĵ (C) 2 ĵ (D) 4 î

2 î 4

5. Blocks of mass M1 and M2 are connected by a cord which passes over the pulleys P1 and P2 as shown

in the figure. If there is no friction, the acceleration of the block of mass M 2 will be:

(A) (B) (C) (M 4M ) (D)

(4M1M2 ) (4M1M2 ) 1 2 (M1M2 )

6. In the figure, at the free end of the light string, a force F is applied to keep

the suspended mass of 18 kg at rest. Then the force exerted by the ceiling

on the system (assume that the string segments are vertical and the pulleys

are light and smooth) is: (g= 10m/s2)

(C) 180 N (D) 240 N

(E) 200 N

7. True/False

(i) Two particles are in projectile motion. The path of one particle as seen by another particle will be a

straight line.

(ii) In order to cross a river of uniform width (flow is also uniform) in shortest time, swimmer must swim

in perpendicular direction of river flow.

8. A lift is moving upwards with an acceleration of 2 m/sec2. Inside the lift a 4 kg block is kept on the floor.

On the top of it, 3 kg block is placed and again a 2 kg block is kept on the 3 kg block. Calculate:

(ii) contact force between 4 kg block and floor of the lift.

Draw the free body diagrams properly & take g = 10 m/sec 2.

DPPS FILE # 34

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 25 Max. Time : 26 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ e!ach of mass ‘m’ are placed on a smooth horizontal surface. Two horizontal

force F and 2F are applied on the two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively as shown in figure. The block A

does not slide on block B. Then the normal reaction acting between the two blocks is : (A and B are

smooth)

F

(C) (D) 3F

3

2. In the figure shown, a person wants to raise a block lying on the ground to a height h. In both the cases

if time required is same then in which case he has to exert more force. Assume pulleys and strings

light.

(C) same in both (D) Cannot be determined

3. In the pulley system shown in figure, block C is going up at 2 m/s and block B is going up at 4 m/s,

then the velocity of block A on the string shown in figure, is equal to :

(C) 6 m/s (D) 8 m/s

DPPS FILE # 35

4. Two blocks A and B of masses m & 2m respectively are held at rest such that the spring is in natural length.

Find out the accelerations of blocks A and B respectively just after release (pulley, string and spring are

massless).

g g

(A) g , g (B)

3 3

(C) 0, 0 (D) g 0

5. Two cubes of masses m1 and m2 lie on two frictionless slopes of block A which rests on two frictionless

slopes of block A which rests on a horizontal table. The cubes are connected by a string which passes over

a pulley as shown in figure. To what horizontal acceleration f the whole system, (i.e. block and cubes) be

subjected, so that the cubes do not slide down the planes ? What is the tension in the string in this situation ?

R2

m2

f

T

T

A m2g R1

f f m1

m1g

COMPREHENSION

For the following system shown assume that pulley is frictionless, string is massless (m remains on M) :

mg 2mg mg Mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2M m 2M m M 2m M 2m

M mg 2Mmg M mg 2M mg

(A) 2M m (B) 2M m (C) (D)

M 2m M m

(M m) mg (6M 5m) mg (M m) mg (6M 5m) Mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2M m Mm Mm 2M m

DPPS FILE # 36

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 26 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Newtons’s Law of Motion, Relative Motion, Projectile Motion, Rectilinear Motion

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two men of masses m and m/2 starts climbing up on two massless strings fixed at the ceiling with

acceleration g and g/2 respectively. The ratio of tensions in the two strings will be :

(A) 2 : 1 (B) 4 : 1

(C) 4 : 3 (D) 8 : 3

2. Two particles at a distance 5m apart, are thrown towards each other on an inclined smooth plane with

equal speeds ‘v’ . It is known that both particle move along the same straight line. Find the value of v if

they collide at the point from where the lower particle is thrown. Inclined plane is inclined at an angle of

300 with the horizontal. [take g = 10m/s2 ]

(A) 2.5 m/sec (B) 5 m/sec

(C) 7.5 m/sec (D) 10 m/sec

3. A particle is projected from a point (0, 1) on Y-axis (assume + Y direction vertically upwards) aiming towards

a point (4, 9). It fell on ground along x axis in 1 sec. Taking g = 10 m/s2 and all coordinate in metres. Find the

X-coordinate where it fell.

(A) (3, 0) (B) (4, 0) (C) (2, 0) (D) ( 2 5 , 0)

4. System shown in figure is in equilibrium. The magnitude of change in tension in the string just before

and just after, when one of the spring is cut. Mass of both the blocks is same and equal to m and spring

constant of both springs is k. (Neglect any effect of rotation)

mg mg

(A) (B)

2 4

3m g 3m g

(C) (D)

4 2

DPPS FILE # 37

5. A cylinder rests in a supporting carriage as shown. The side AB of carriage makes an angle 30o with the

horizontal and side BC is vertical. The carriage lies on a fixed horizontal surface and is being pulled towards

left with an horizontal acceleration 'a'. The magnitude of normal reactions exerted by sides AB and BC of

carriage on the cylinder be NAB and NBC respectively. Neglect friction everywhere. Then as the magnitude of

acceleration 'a ' of the carriage is increased, pick up the correct statement:

(A) NAB increases and NBC decreases. (B) Both NAB and NBC increase.

(C) NAB remains constant and NBC increases. (D) NAB increases and NBC remains constant.

a = 1 m/s2 0 < t < 10

a = 2t t > 10

where t is the time and a is the acceleration. If initial velocity of the particle is zero then :

(A) velocity of the particle at t = 20 sec is 310 m/s

(B) displacement of the particle in t = 20 s is 1483.33 m.

(C) acceleration the particle at t = 15 s is 32 m/s2.

(D) v-t graph is

v

(m/s)

10m/s

t (s)

t=10

7. A force F is applied on block A of mass M so that the tension in light string also becomes F when block B of

mass m acquires an equilibrium state with respect to block A. Find the force F. Give your answer in terms of

m, M and g.

8. During a rainy day, rain is falling vertically with a velocity 2m/s. A boy at rest starts his motion with a constant

acceleration of 2m/s2 along a straight road. Find the rate at which the angle of the axis of umbrella with

vertical should be changed so that the rain always falls parallel to the axis of the umbrella.

DPPS FILE # 38

PHYSICS Total Marks : 14

DPP No. 27 Max. Time : 15 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A stone is projected horizontally with speed v from a height h above ground. A horizontal wind is

blowing in direction opposite to velocity of projection and gives the stone a constant horizontal

acceleration f (in direction opposite to initial velocity). As a result the stone falls on ground at a point

vertically below the point of projection. Then the value of height h in terms of f, g, v is (g is acceleration

due to gravity)

gv 2 gv 2 2gv 2 2 gv 2

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2f 2 f2 f2 f2

2. Two blocks of masses m1 = 2kg and m 2 = 5kg hang over a massless

pulley as shown in the figure. A force F 0 = 100 N acting at the axis of the

pulley accelerates the system upwards. Then : (Take g = 9.8 m/s2)

(A) Acceleration of 2 kg mass is 15.2 m/sec 2

(B) Acceleration of 5kg mass is 0.2 m/sec 2

(C) Acceleration of both the masses is same

(D) Acceleration of both the masses is upward

forces F 1 = 20 N and F 2 = 8 N start to act at time t = 0 when the

distance of block B from pulley is 50 cm.Time when block B reaches

the pulley is _______. (Assume that friction is absent every where.

Pulley and string are light.

COMPREHENSION

Two smooth blocks are placed at a smooth corner as shown. Both the blocks

are having mass m. We apply a force F on the small block m. Block A

presses the block B in the normal direction, due to which pressing force on

vertical wall will increase, and pressing force on the horizontal wall decrease,

as we increase F. ( = 37° with horizontal). As soon as the pressing force on

the horizontal wall by block B becomes zero, it will loose the contact with

the ground. If the value of F is further increased, the block B will accelerate

in upward direction and simultaneously the block A will move toward right.

25 5 3 4

(A) mg (B) mg (C) mg (D) mg

12 4 4 3

5. If both the blocks are stationary, the force exerted by ground on block A is :

3F 3F 4F 4F

(A) mg + (B) mg – (C) mg + (D) mg –

4 4 3 3

3a 4a 3a 4a

(A) upwards (B) upwards (C) upwards (D) upwards

4 3 5 5

DPPS FILE # 39

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 28 Max. Time : 25 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. Two stones A and B are projected from an inclined plane such that A has range up the incline and B

has range down the incline. For range of both stones on the incline to be equal in magnitude, pick up

the correct condition. (Neglect air friction)

(A) Component of initial velocity of both stones along the incline should be equal and also component

of initial velocity of both stones perpendicular to the incline should be equal.

(B) Horizontal component of initial velocity of both stones should be equal and also vertical component

of initial velocity of both stones should be equal.

(C) Component of initial velocity of both stones perpendicular to the incline should be equal and also

horizontal component of initial velocity of both stones should be equal in magnitude.

(D) None of these.

2. A man is moving downward on an inclined plane ( = 37º) with velocity v 0 and rain drops appear to him

moving in horizontal direction with velocity 2v 0 towards him. If man increases his velocity to 2v 0 him

velocity of rain drops as observed by man is :

41

(A) v0 (B) 39 v 0

5

(C) 7 v 0 (D) 6 v 0

3. System is shown in the figure. Velocity of sphere A is 9 m/s. Then speed of sphere B will be:

5

(C) 9 m/s (D) none of these

4

DPPS FILE # 40

4. Objects A and B each of mass m are connected by light inextensible cord. They are constrained to

move on a frictionless ring in a vertical plane as shown in figure. The objects are released from rest at

the positions shown. The tension in the cord just after release will be

mg mg mg

(A) mg 2 (B) (C) (D)

2 2 4

5. In the figure shown all the surface are smooth. All the blocks A, B and C are movable X-axis is horizontal and

y-axis vertical as shown. Just after the system is relased from the position as shown.

y

A

B x

C

Horizontal Surface

(B) Acceleration of 'A' relative to B is in positive x-direction

(C) The horizontal acceleration of 'B' relative to ground is in negative x-direction.

(D) The acceleration of 'B' relative to ground directed along the inclined surface of 'C' is greater than g sin .

A of mass 1.7 kg which can move freely on a smooth horizontal surface.

The inclination of the face PR to the horizontal is 45º. Then :

(A) the acceleration of A is 3 g/20

(B) the vertical component of the acceleration of B is 23 g/40

(C) the horizontal component of the acceleration of B is 17 g/40

(D) none of these

7. Find the tension in the string and the extension in the spring at equilibrium. Where pulley, strings and springs

are ideal.

(e)

DPPS FILE # 41

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 29 Max. Time : 28 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A particle of mass 5 kg is moving on rough fixed inclined plane with constant velocity of 5 m/s as shown

in the figure. Find the friction force acting on a body by plane.

(A) 25 N (B) 20 N

(C) 30 N (D) none of these

2. A block of mass 4 kg is kept on ground. The co-efficient of friction between the block and the ground is

0.80. An external force of magnitude 30 N is applied parallel to the ground. The resultant force exerted

by the ground on the block is:

(A) 40 N (B) 30 N (C) 0 N (D) 50 N

3. If the coefficient of friction between A and B is , the maximum horizontal acceleration of the wedge A

for which B will remain at rest w.r.t the wedge is :

1

(A) g (B) g

1

g 1

(C) (D) g

1

4. In the figure shown, a person pulls a light string with a constant speed u = 10 m/s. The other end of the

string is tied to a very small block which moves on a smooth horizontal surface. Find the angle ‘’

when the block 3leaves the surface. Take g = 10 m/s2.

DPPS FILE # 42

5. Answer the following briefly. (Answer should not be of more than one or two line)

(i) Can friction coefficient be greater than unity?

(ii) Why is friction force Nonconservative force?

(iii) Can friction do positive work?

(iv) Is earth an inertial frame?

(v) Greater force is required to make the body move than to keep it moving, hence we

can say that static friction is always greater than kinetic friction. Comment on it.

(vi) Lesser force is required to pull a lawn mower than to push it. Why?

COMPREHENSION

A meter stick AB of length 1 meter rests on a frictionless floor in horizontal position with end A attached to the

string as shown. Assume that string connecting meter stick with pulley always remains vertical.

6. If blocks 1 and 2 are given constant speeds as shown then the distance moved by end B over the floor in the

period for which speed of B is less than A.

2 1 2 1 1 1

(A) m (B) m (C) m (D) m

2 2 2 2

2 1 2 1 1 1

(A) sec (B) sec (C) sec (D) sec

4 2 4 2 4 2 8

8. Minimum magnitude of relative velocity of A with respect to B during the motion specified in question 5 is :

(A) 2 m/s (B) 4 m/s (C) 6 m/s (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 43

PHYSICS Total Marks : 21

DPP No. 30 Max. Time : 21 min.

Topic : Friction

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A force F = 2t (where t is time in seconds) is applied at t = 0 sec. to the block of mass m placed on a

rough horizontal surface. The coefficient of static and kinetic friction between the block and surface are

µs and µk respectively. Which of the following graphs best represents the acceleration vs time of the

block. (µs > µK)

2. A body of mass m is kept on a rough fixed inclined plane of angle of inclination = 30º. It remains

stationary. Then magnitude of force acting on the body by the inclined plane is equal to:

(A) mg (B) mg sin (C) mg cos (D) none of these

3. A body of mass 10 kg lies on a rough inclined plane of inclination =

3

sin1 with the horizontal. When a force of 30 N is applied on the

5

block parallel to &

upward the plane, the total reaction by the plane on the block is nearly along:

4. A 1 kg block is being pushed against a wall by a force F = 75 N as

shown in the Figure. The coefficient of friction is 0.25. The magnitude

of acceleration of

the block is:

(A) 10 m/s2 (B) 20 m/s2 (C) 5 m/s2 (D) none

COMPREHENSION

Figure shows an arrangement of pulleys and two blocks. All surfaces are

frictionless. All pulleys and strings are massless. All strings are smooth

and massless.

2g g g

(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these

9 9 5

6. Normal reaction between A and ground is :

17mg 16mg

(A) mg (B) (C) (D) None of these

9 9

7. Normal reaction between A and B is :

mg 2mg

(A) mg (B) (C) (D) None of these

9 9

DPPS FILE # 44

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 31 Max. Time : 22 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

1. System is shown in the figure and man is pulling the rope from both

sides with constant speed ' u'. Then the speed of the block will be:

3u 3u

(A) (B)

4 2

u

(C) (D) none of thes

4

2. Hailstones falling vertically with a speed of 10 m/s, hit the wind screen (wind screen makes an angle 30° with

the horizontal) of a moving car and rebound elastically. The velocity of the car if the driver finds the hailstones

rebound vertically after striking is :

10

(A) 10 3 m/s (B) 20 3 m/s (C) 10 m/sec (D) m/sec

3

3. In the shown arrangement if f 1, f 2 and T be the frictional forces on 2 kg block, 3kg block & tension in the

string respectively, then their values are:

4. Two blocks A and B are placed in contact on a horizontal surface. Faces of blocks A and B, which are in

contact, are inclined at 30° with the horizontal, as shown. There is no friction between block A and any

1

surface which is in contact with this whereas friction coefficient between block B and the surface is .A

3

force F is applied in horizontal direction on block A. What is the minimum value of F at which the block B

just start moving rightwards?

A B

M = 4 kg M = 4 kg

F

30°

1

µ=

3

40 80

(A) N (B) N

3 3

(C) 100 N (D) For any value of F, motion will not start

DPPS FILE # 45

5. A block of mass 2 kg is given a push for a moment horizontally and then the block starts sliding over a

horizontal plane. The graph shows the velocity-time graph of the motion. The co-efficient of sliding

friction between the plane and the block is:

(C) 0.04 (D) 0.40

6. A weight W is supported by two strings inclined at 60º and 30º to the vertical. The tensions in the

strings are T 1 & T 2 as shown. If these tensions are to be determined in terms of W using a triangle of

forces, which of these triangles should you draw? (block is in equilibrium)

7. An arrangement of the masses and pulleys is shown in the figure. Strings connecting masses A and B

with pulleys are horizontal and all pulleys and strings are light. Friction coefficient between the surface

and the block B is 0.2 and between blocks A and B is 0.7. The system is released from rest.

(use g = 10 m/s2)

6 kg A

3 kg

B

=0.2

(A) The magnitude of acceleration of the system is 2 m/s2 and there is no slipping between block A and

block B.

(B) The magnitude of friction force between block A and block B is 42 N.

(C) Acceleration of block C is 1 m/s2 downwards.

(D) Tension in the string connecting block B and block D is 12 N.

DPPS FILE # 46

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 32 Max. Time : 25 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

1. The system is pushed by a force F as shown in figure. All surfaces are smooth except between B and

C. Friction coefficient between B and C is . Minimum value of F to prevent block B from downward

slipping is

3 5

(A) mg (B) mg

2µ 2µ

5 3

(C) µmg (D) µmg

2 2

2. A system is shown in the figure. Block A is moving with 1 m/s towards left. Wedge is moving with 1 m/

s towards right. Then speed of the block B will be:

3. A sphere of radius R is in contact with a wedge. The point of contact is R/5 from the ground as shown

in the figure. Wedge is moving with velocity 20 m/s, then the velocity of the sphere at this instant will

be

4. The system starts from rest and A attains a velocity of 5 m/s after it has moved 5 m towards right. Assuming

the arrangement to be frictionless every where and pulley & strings to be light, the value of the constant force

F applied on A is :

(A) 50 N

(B) 75 N

(C) 100 N

(D) 96 N

DPPS FILE # 47

5. A system is shown in the figure. Block A moves with velocity 10 m/s.The speed of the mass B will be:

(A) 10 2 m/s

(B) 5 3 m/s

20

(C) m/s

3

(D) 10 m/s

6. Two wedges, each of mass m, are placed next to each other on a flat horizontal floor. A cube of mass

M is balanced on the wedges as shown in figure. Assume no friction between the cube and the wedges,

but a coefficient of static friction < 1 between the wedges and the floor. What is the largest M that can

be balanced as shown without motion of the wedges ?

m m m 2m

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2 2 1 1

7. In the figure shown if friction co-efficient of block 1 and 2 with inclined plane is 1 = 0.5 and 2 = 0.4

respectively, then find out the correct statement.

(B) both block will move separately

(C) there is a non-zero contact force between two blocks

(D) none of these

8. In the figure a truck is moving on a horizontal surface with acceleration a. Two blocks of equal masses m are

supported on the truck as shown in figure. Given that when the block at the top surface is just about to slide,

other block remains hanging at 30º from the vertical. In this system.

m

rough ()

30º

m

a

g 2 5 3 3

(A) a = (B) T = mg (C) µ = (D) T = 2 mg

3 3 3 3

DPPS FILE # 48

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 33 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two stones are projected simultaneously from a tower at different angles of projection with same speed ‘u’.

The distance between two stones is increasing at constant rate ‘u’. Then the angle between the initial

velocity vectors of the two stones is :

(A) 30° (B) 60° (C) 45° (D) 90°

2. A block is placed on an inclined plane and has to be pushed down. The angle of inclination of the plane

is:

(A) equal to angle of repose (B) more than angle of repose

(C) less than the angle of repose (D) equal to angle of friction

3. A block of mass 20 kg is acted upon by a force F = 30 N at an angle 53° with the horizontal in downward

direction as shown. The coefficient of friction between the block and the horizontal surface is 0.2. The friction

force acting on the block by the ground is (g = 10 m/s2)

F

53°

4. Two blocks of masses 5 kg and 3kg are placed in contact over a fixed inclined surface of angle 37°, as

shown. µ1 is friction coefficient between 5kg block and the surface of the incline and similarly, µ2 is friction

coefficient between the 3kg block and the surface of the incline. After the release of the blocks from the

inclined surface,

3kg

5kg µ2

µ1

37°

(A) if µ1 = 0.5 and µ2 = 0.3 then 5 kg block exerts 3N force on the 3 kg block

(B) if µ1 = 0.5 and µ2 = 0.3 then 5 kg block exters 8 N force on the 3 kg block

(C) if µ1 = 0.3 and µ2 = 0.5 then 5 kg block exerts 1 N force on the 3kg block.

(D) if µ1 = 0.3 and µ2 = 0.5 then 5 kg block exerts no force on the 3kg block.

DPPS FILE # 49

5. A block A (5 kg) rests over another block B (3 kg) placed over a smooth horizontal surface. There is

friction between A and B. A horizontal force F 1 gradually increasing from zero to a maximum is applied

to A so that the blocks move together without relative motion. Instead of this another horizontal force

F 2, gradually increasing from zero to a maximum is applied to B so that the blocks move together

without relative motion. Then

(C) F 1 (max) < F 2 (max) (D) F 1 (max): F 2 (max) = 5: 3

6. In the arrangement shown, W 1 = 200 N, W 2 = 100 N, = 0.25 for allsurfaces in contact. The block W 1 just

slides under the block W 2.

A

W2 45°

P

W1

(B) A pull of 90 N is to be applied on W 1

(C) Tension in the string AB is 10 2 N

(D) Tension in the string AB is 20 2 N

7. Figure shows a small block A of mass m kept at the left end of a plank B of mass M = 2m and length

. The system can slide on a horizontal road. The system is started towards right with the initial

velocity v. The friction coefficients between the road and the plank is 1/2 and that between the plank

and the block is 1/4. Find

(a) the time elapsed before the block separate from the plank.

(b) displacement of block and plank relative to ground till that moment.

8. Find the tensions in the strings (1), (2) and (3) and the acceleration of the mass ‘m’ just after (intially system

is in equilibrium and at rest, pulley, string, spring are light):

(a) string (1) is cut (b) string (2) is cut (c) string (3) is cut

DPPS FILE # 50

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 34 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Friction, Work, Power and Energy , Relative Motion, Newton’s Law of Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. The coefficient of friction between block A of mass m 1 = 5 kg and block B of mass m 2 = 10 kg is = 0.5.

There is no friction force between block B and fixed horizontal surface. A force of 300 N acts on block

B in horizontal direction and a horizontal force of magnitude F acts on block A as shown, both towards

right. Initially there is no relative motion between the blocks. The minimum value of F such that relative

motion starts between A and B is :

A m1 F

B m2 300N

Fixed horizontal surface

(C) 150 N (D) 0

2. Graph shows the acceleration of a 3 kg particle as an applied force moves it from rest along x axis. The

total work done by the force on the particle by the time the particle reaches x = 6 m, is equal to

(A) 20 J (B) 30 J

(C) 40 J (D) 60 J

3. A particle P is projected from a point on the surface of long smooth inclined plane (see figure). Simulta-

neously another particle Q is released on the smooth inclined plane from the same position. P and Q collide

after t = 4 second. The speed of projection of P is

(C) 15 m/s (D) 20 m/s

DPPS FILE # 51

4. In the shown mass pulley system, pulleys and string are massless. The one end of the string is pulled

by the force F = 2mg. The acceleration of the block will be

(C) g (D) 3g

5. A wedge is moving rightwards on which a block of mass 10kg is placed on it. Friction coefficient between the

wedge and the block is 0.8. [take g = 10 m/s2]. Select correct alternative(s) among the following options

(A) If wedge is moving with constant velocity then friction acting on block is 64N.

(B) If wedge is moving with constant velocity then acceleration of block is zero.

(C) If wedge is moving with a = 2 ( î ) m/s2 then friction acting on block is 44N.

(D) If wedge is moving with a = 10 ( î ) m/s2 then friction is 20N, downward on the wedge along the inclined.

COMPREHENSION

Three blocks of masses 6 kg, 4kg & 2 kg are pulled on a rough surface by applying a constant force

20N. The values of cofficient of friction between blocks & surface are shown in figrue.

6. In the arrangement shown tension in the string connecting 4kg and 6kg masses is

(A) 8N (B) 12N (C) 6N (D) 4N

(A) 4N (B) 6 N (C) 12 N (D) 8 N

(A) 12 N (B) 8 N (C) 6 N (D) 4 N

DPPS FILE # 52

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 35 Max. Time : 28 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

(A) may be positive (B) must be negative

(C) must be zero (D) none of these

2. A block of unknown mass is at rest on a rough, horizontal surface. A horizontal force F is applied to the

block. The graph in the figure shows the acceleration of the block with respect to the applied force. The

mass of the block is

3. A block of mass 10 kg is released on a fixed wedge inside a cart which is moved with constant velocity 10 m/

s towards right. Take initial velocity of block with respect to cart zero. Then work done by normal reaction

(with respect to ground) on block in two second will be: (g = 10 m/s2).

(C) 1200 J (D) none of these

4. Two blocks of mass 10 kg and 2 kg respectively are connected by an ideal string passing over a fixed

smooth pulley as shown in figure. A monkey of mass 8 kg started climbing the string with a constant

acceleration of 2 m/s2 with respect to string at t = 0. Initially the system is in equilibrium and monkey

is at a distance 2.4 from the pulley. Find the time taken by monkey to reach the pulley in sec.

DPPS FILE # 53

5. The work done by a force F 5 k̂ as its point of application moves from the point (1, 1, 1) to the origin

is equal to ______ .

COMPREHENSION

A block of mass m is placed on a rough inclined plane. The coefficient of friction between the block and

the plane is and the inclination of the plane is . Initially = 0 and the block will remain stationary on

the plane. Now the inclination is gradually increased. The block presses the inclined plane with a

force mgcos. So welding strength between the block and inclined is mgcos, and the pulling forces

is mgsin . As soon as the pulling force is greater than the welding strength, the welding breaks and the

block starts sliding, the angle for which the block starts sliding is called angle of repose (). During

the contact, two contact forces are acting between the block and the inclined plane. The pressing

reaction (Normal reaction) and the shear reaction (frictional force). The net contact force will be resultant

of both.

6. If the entire system, were accelerated upward with acceleration ‘a’, the angle of repose, would :

(A) increase (B) decrease (C) remain same (D) increase of a > g

7. For what value of will the block slide on the inclined plane :

(A) tan–1 (B) tan–1 (C) cot –1 (D) cot –1

8. If = 3/4 then what will be frictional force (shear force) acting between the block and inclined plane

when = 300 :

3 3 mg 3

(A) mg (B) (C) mg (D) zero

8 2 2

DPPS FILE # 54

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 36 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Consider the arrangement shown in figure. Friction coefficient for all the surfaces are shown in the

figure and the rod connecting two upper blocks is horizontal.

What is the minimum value F so that the rear two blocks start sliding with each other :

(A) 100 N (B) 50 N

(C) 150 N (D) For all values of F both the rear blocks will move together

2. A chain is held on a frictionless table with L/4 hanging over. Knowing total mass of the chain is M and

total length is L, the work required to slowly pull hanging part back to the table is :

MgL MgL MgL MgL

(A) (B) (C) (D)

16 8 32 24

3. An object is moving along a straight line path from P to Q under the action of a force F ( 4 î 3 ĵ 2k̂ ) N. If

the co-ordinate of P & Q in metres are (3, 2, 1) & (2, 1, 4) respectively. Then the work done by the force

is:

(A) 15 J (B) + 15 J (C) 1015 J (D) (4 î 3 ĵ 2k̂ )

4. A bucket tied to a string is lowered at a constant acceleration of g/4. If the mass of the bucket is M and is

lowered by a distance d, the work done by the string on bucket will be (assume the string to be massless)

(A) (1/4) mg d (B) 3/4) mgd (C) 4/3) mgd (D) (4/3) mgd

5. PQ is a smooth inclined plane whose angle can be varied in such a

way that point Q remains fixed and P can move on a vertical line PR. A

particle slides from rest from point P at different value of time for descent

from P and Q is noted. The following statement (s) is /are correct about

the time of descent :

(A) the minimum time of descent is 2 / g

(B) the time descent is minimum at =900

(C) the time of descent decreases continuously as is increased

(D) the time of descent first decreases then increases.

COMPREHENSION

Rain is falling with a velocity ( 4 î 8 ĵ 10k̂ ) . A person is moving with a velocity of (6 î 8 ĵ) on the ground.

6. Find the velocity of rain with respect to man and the direction from which the rain appears to be

coming.

7. The speed with which the rain drops hit the person is :

(A) 10 m/s (B) 10 2 m/s (C) 180 m/s (D) 360 m/s

(A) 6 î 8 ĵ (B) 4 î 8 ĵ 10k̂ (C) 10 î 10k̂ (D) 10 î 10k̂

DPPS FILE # 55

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 37 Max. Time : 29 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. In the track shown in figure section AB is a quadrant of a circle of 1 metre radius. A block is released at A and

slides without friction until it reaches B. After B it moves on a rough horizontal floor and comes to rest at

distance 3 metres from B. What is the coefficient of friction between floor and body ?

(C) 1/4 (D) 3/8

2. A block of mass m is attached with a massless spring of force constant k. The block is placed over a fixed

3

rough inclined surface for which the coefficient of friction is µ = . The block of mass m is initially at rest.

4

The block of mass M is released from rest with spring in unstretched state. The minimum value of M required

to move the block up the plane is (neglect mass of string and pulley and friction in pulley.)

3 4 6 3

(A) m (B) m (C) m (D) m

5 5 5 2

3. Starting at rest, a 10 kg object is acted upon by only one force as indicated in figure. Then the total

work done by the fo rce is

force(N)

30

0 Time

1 2 3

–10

(C) 245 J (D) 490 J

DPPS FILE # 56

4. Block A in the figure is released from rest when the extension in the spring is x 0. (x 0 < mg/k). The

maximum downward displacement of the block is (ther is no friction) :

2Mg Mg

(A) 2x 0 (B) x0

K 2K

2Mg 2Mg

(C) x0 (D) x0

K K

5. The minimum work done required to accelerate a truck on a horizontal road from rest to speed v

(A) is less than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v.

(B) is equal than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v.

(C) is more than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v.

(D) may be any one of the above since it depends on the force acting on the truck and the distance over

which it acts.

1 2

v = velocity , a = acceleration, K = 2 mv = Kinetic energy

t2

dK d v av d v

da

(A)

dt

m v a (B)

dt

v

(C)

dt

dt

(D) v = a dt

t1

7. In the arrangement shown in Fig. the masses of the wedge M and the body m are known. The appreciable

friction exists only between the wedge and the body m, the friction coefficient being equal to . The masses

of the pulley and the thread are negligible. Find the acceleration of the body m relative to the horizontal

surface on which the wedge Slides.

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////

8. The block of mass m initially at x = 0 is acted upon by a horizontal force at any position x is given as F = a

bx2(where a > mg), as shown in the figure. The co-efficient of friction between the surfaces of contact is

. The net work done on the block is zero, if the block travels a distance of ______.

DPPS FILE # 57

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 38 Max. Time : 29 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Two bikes A and B start from a point. A moves with uniform speed 40 m/s and B starts from rest with

uniform acceleration 2 m/s2. If B starts at t = 0 and A starts from the same point at t = 10 s, then the time

interval during the journey in which A was ahead of B is :

(A) 20 s (B) 8 s

(C) 10 s (D) A is never ahead of B

2. A block of mass 5 kg is released from rest when compression in spring is 2m. Block is not attached with the

spring and natural length of the spring is 4m. Maximum height of block from ground is : (g = 10 m/s2)

(C) 6 m (D) 7.5 m

3. A block of mass 2 kg is hanging over a smooth and light pulley through a light string. The other end of the string

is pulled by a constant force F = 40 N. At t = 0 the system is at rest as shown. Then in the time interval from

2

t = 0 to t = seconds, pick up the correct statement (s) : (g = 10 m/s2)

10

2kg F=40N

(C) work done by tension on block is 80 J (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 58

4. The blocks of mass m 1 = 1 kg and m 2 = 2 kg are connected by an ideal spring, rest on a rough

horizontal surface. The spring is unstressed. The spring constant of spring is K = 2 N/m. The coefficient

1

of friction between blocks and horizontal surface is . Now the left block is imparted a velocity u

2

towards right as shown. The largest value of u (in m/s) such that the block of mass m 2 never moves is

(Take g = 10m/s2)

5. If the lower block is held fixed & force is applied to P, minimum force required to slide P on Q is

12 N. Now if Q is free to move on frictionless surface and force is applied to Q then the minimum

force F required to slide P on Q is ______.

COMPREHENSION

A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a rough horizontal surface. A spring is attached to the block whose

other end is joined to a rigid wall,as shown in the figure. A horizontal force is applied on the block so

mg

that it remains at rest while the spring is elongated by x x . Let F max and F min be the maximum

k

and minimum values of force F for which the block remains in equilibrium. For a particular x,

F max– F min = 2 N. Also shown is the variation of F max+ F min versus x, the elongation of the spring.

+ Fmin

Fmax

K 5N

1 kg F

0.1m

x

6. The coefficient of friction between the block and the horizontal surface is :

(A) 0.1 (B) 0.2 (C) 0.3 (D) 0.4

(A) 25 N/m (B) 20 N/m (C) 2.5 N/m (D) 50 N/m

(A) 0 (B) 0.2N (C) 5N (D) 1N

DPPS FILE # 59

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 39 Max. Time : 32 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.3 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two objects moving along the same straight line are leaving point A with an acceleration a, 2 a &

velocity 2 u, u respectively at time t = 0. The distance moved by the object with respect to point A when

one object overtakes the other is :

6u2 2u 2 4u2

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

a a a

2. A particle of mass ‘m’ moves along the quarter section of the circular path whose centre is at the origin. The

radius of the circular path is ‘a’. A force F = y î xĵ newton acts on the particle, where x, y denote the

coordinates of position of the particle. Calculate the work done by this force in taking .the particle from point

A (a, 0) to point B (0, a) along the circular path.

3. A particle is moved along the different paths OAC, OBC & ODC as shown in the fig. Path ODC is

a parabola, y = 4 x 2. Find the work done by a f orce F = x y i x y j on the particle along these

2

B C (1,4)

O x

A

DPPS FILE # 60

COMPREHENSION

Consider the system shown below, with two equal masses m and a spring with spring constant K. The

coefficient of friction between the left mass and horizontal table is = 1/4, and the pulley is frictionless.

The string connecting both the blocks is massless and inelastic. The system is held with the spring at

its unstretched length and then released.

4. The extension in spring when the masses come to momentary rest for the first time is

3 mg mg mg 2mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2K 2K K K

5. The minimum value of for which the system remains at rest once it has stopped for the first time is

1 1 1 1

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3 3 2 2

6. If the string connecting both the masses is cut just at the instant both masses came to momentary

rest for the first time in question 5, then maximum compression of spring during resulting motion is

(Take = 1/4)

2mg mg mg 1mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3K 2K K 3K

7. Two blocks A and B of masses m and M are placed on a horizontal surface, both being interconnected

with a horizontal series combination of two massless springs 1 and 2, of force constants k 1 and k2

respectively as shown. Friction coefficient between block A and the surface is and the springs are

initially non-deformed. Now the block B is displaced slowly to the right by a distance x, and it is

observed that block A does not slip on the surface. Block B is kept in equilibrium by applying an

external force at that position. Match the required information in the left column with the options given

in the right column.

y k1 k2

M m

x Block A spring1 spring2

frictionless

(A) Friction force on block A by the surface (p) k1 x (– î )

(B) Force by spring 1 on block A (q) Mg (– î )

k1k 2 x

(C) Force exerted by spring 2 on spring 1. (r) k k ( î )

1 2

k1k 2 x

(D) External force on block B. (s) (– î )

k1 k 2

DPPS FILE # 61

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 40 Max. Time : 27 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. For a particle undergoing rectilinear motion with uniform acceleration, the magnitude of displacement is one

third the distance covered in some time interval. The magnitude of final velocity is less than magnitude of

initial velocity for this time interval. Then the ratio of initial speed velocity to the final speed for this time

interval is :

(A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 3

2. Power versus time graph for a given force is given below. Work done

(A) First decreases then increases

(B) First increases then decreases

(C) Always increases

(D) Always decreases

3. Block A in the figure is released from the rest when the extension in the spring is x0 . The maximum

downward displacement of the block will be :

4. Block m is released from rest when spring is in its natural length (assume

pulley is ideal and block does not strike on ground during it's motion in

vertical plane)

than :

(A) maximum elongation in spring is 4 mg/k

(B) maximum elongation in spring is 2 mg/k

m

(C) maximum speed of block is 2g

k

m

(D) maximum speed of block is g

k

DPPS FILE # 62

5. A particle is projected at an angle of 300 w.r.t. horizontal with speed 20 m/s : (use g = 10 m/s2)

(i) Find the position vector of the particle after 1s.

(ii) Find the angle between velocity vector and position vector at t = 1s.

COMPREHENSION

A small block of mass m is released from a fixed smooth wedge as shown in figure. Initial point is

marked as A. Bottom of wedge is marked as B and at a point C the block stops moving because the

straight part of floor is rough.

A

m

smooth

rough Fixed

m B

C x0

6. Work done by normal reaction is zero during the motion of the block

(A) from point A to B only (B) from point B to C only

(C) from A to C (D) None of these

h x0

(A) x (B) (C) zero (D) 1

0 h

2gh gh

(A) (B) 2gh (C) gh (D)

2 2

DPPS FILE # 63

PHYSICS Total Marks : 31

DPP No. 41 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A body is given a velocity 2 g r at the highest point of a half circular smooth track which is joined by

a rough horizontal track whose co-efficient of friction is = 0.5. Then the distance travelled by particle

before it stops on horizontal track is: (r = 1 m)

2. A particle moves along a circle of radius R with a constant angular speed .Its displacement (only

magnitude) in time t will be

t

(A) t (B) 2 R cos t (C) 2 R sin t (D) 2R sin

2

1

3. Three particle A, B & C move in a circle of radius r = m, in anticlockwise direction with speeds 1 m/

s, 2.5 m/s and 2 m/s respectively. The initial positions of A, B and C are as shown in figure. The ratio

of distance travelled by B and C by the instant A, B and C meet for the first time is

4. Two bodies having masses 10 kg and 5 kg are moving in concentric orbits of radii 4 and 8 such that their time

periods are the same. Then the ratio of their centripetal accelerations is

1 1

(A) (B) 2 (C) 8 (D)

2 8

5. A stone is thrown horizontally under gravity with a speed of 10m/sec. Find the radius of curvature of it’s

trajectory at the end of 3 sec after motion began.

DPPS FILE # 64

6. A particle begins to move with a tangential acceleration of constant magnitude 0.6 m/s2 in a circular path. If

it slips when its total acceleration becomes 1 m/s2, then the angle through which it would have turned before

it starts to slip is :

(A) 1/3 rad (B) 2/3 rad (C) 4/3 rad (D) 2 rad

7. One of the forces acting on a particle is conservative then which of the following statement(s) are true

about this conservative force

(A) Its work is zero when the particle moves exactly once around any closed path.

(B) Its work equals the change in the kinetic energy of the particle

(C) Then that particular force must be constant.

(D) Its work depends on the end points of the motion, not on the path between.

COMPREHENSION

A particle of mass 0.1 kg is launched at an angle of 53° with the horizontal. The particle enters a fixed

rough hollow tube whose length is slightly less than 12.5 m and which is inclined at an angle of 37° with

the horizontal as shown in figure. It is known that the velocity of ball when it enters the tube is parallel

3

to the axis of the tube. The coefficient of friction between the particle and tube inside the tube is = .

8

[Take g = 10 m/s2]

(A) 12 m/s (B) 16m/s (C) 9 m/s (D) 15 m/s

9. The kinetic energy of the particle when it comes out of the tube is approximately equal to :

(A) Zero (B) 4 J (C) 7.2 J (D) 11.2 J

10. The distance from the point of projection where the particle will land on the horizontal plane after

coming out from the tube is approximately equal to :

(A) 8.4 m (B) 10 m (C) 18.4 m (D) 36.8 m

DPPS FILE # 65

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 42 Max. Time : 23 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. A block of mass m starts at rest at height h on a frictionless inclined plane. The block slides down the

plane, travels across a rough horizontal surface with coefficient of kinetic friction , and compresses a

spring with force constant k a distance x before momentarily coming to rest. Then the spring extends and

the block travels back across the rough surface, sliding up the plane. The block travels a total distance d on

rough horizontal surface. The correct expression for the maximum height h’ that the block reaches on its

return is:

(C) mgh’ = mgh + mgd + kx2 (D) mgh’ = mgh – mgd – kx2

2. In the Figure, the ball A is released from rest when the spring is at its

natural length. For the block B, of mass M to leave contact with the

ground at some stage, the minimum mass of A must be:

(A) 2 M (B) M (C) M/2

(D) A function of M and the force constant of the spring.

3. A particle is moving in a circle

(A) The resultant force on the particle must be towards the centre.

(B) The resultant force may be towards the centre.

(C) The direction of the angular acceleration and the angular velocity must be the same.

(D) The cross product of the tangential acceleration and the angular velocity will be zero.

4. The potential energy function associated with the force F 4 xy î 2 x 2 ĵ is :

(A) U = – 2x 2 y (B) U = – 2x 2 y + constant

2

(C) U = 2x y + constant (D) not defined

5. A disc of radius R has a light pole fixed perpendicular to the disc at the

circumference which in turn has a pendulum of length R attached to its

other end as shown in figure. The disc is rotated with a constant

angular speed . The string is making an angle 300 with the rod. Then

the angular speed of disc is:

1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2

3g 3g g 2g

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

R 2 R 3 R 3 3 R

6. Two blocks of masses m 1 and m 2 are placed in contact with each other

on a horizontal platform. The coefficient of friction between the platform

and the two blocks is the same. The platform moves with an acceleration. m1 m 2 a

The force of interaction between the blocks is:

(A) zero only if m 1 = m 2 (B) zero in all cases

(C) non-zero only if m 1 > m 2 (D) non-zero only if m 1 < m 2.

7. A car initially traveling eastwards turns north by traveling in a quarter circular path of radius R metres at

uniform speed as shown in figure. The car completes the turn in T second.

(a) What is the acceleration of the car when it is at B located at an angle of 37.

Express your a swers in terms of unit vectors î and ĵ

(b) The magnitude of car's average acceleration during T second period.

DPPS FILE # 66

PHYSICS Total Marks : 35

DPP No. 43 Max. Time : 37 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.11 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

1. A block of mass 1 kg slides down a vertical curved track that is one quadrant of a circle of radius 1m.

Its speed at the bottom is 2 m/s. The work done by frictional force is :

2. A bead of mass m slides without friction on a vertical hoop of radius R. The bead moves under the

combined influence of gravity and a spring of spring constant k attached to the bottom of the hoop. For

simplicity assume, the equilibrium length of the spring to be zero. The bead is released at the top of the

hoop with negligible speed as shown. The bead, on passing the bottom point will have a velocity of :

2R

2kR 2 kR 2 kR 2

(A) 2 gR (B) 2 gR (C) 2 gR (D) 2gR

m m m

3. In a simple pendulum, the breaking strength of the string is double the weight of the bob. The bob is released

from rest when the string is horizontal. The string breaks when it makes an angle with the vertical.

1 2

(A) = cos 1 (B) = 60º (C) = cos 1 (D) = 0

3 3

4. A particle initially at rest starts moving from point A on the surface of a fixed smooth hemisphere of

radius r as shown. The particle looses its contact with hemisphere at point B. C is centre of the

hemisphere. The equation relating and is

(C) 3 sin = 2 cos (D) 2 sin = 3 cos

DPPS FILE # 67

5. A heavy particle is projected from a point on the horizontal at an angle 60 0 with the horizontal with a

speed of 10m/s. Then the radius of the curvature of its path at the instant of crossing the same horizontal

is _______.

6. A weightless rod of length 2 carries two equal masses 'm', one secured at lower end A and the other at the

middle of the rod at B. The rod can rotate in vertical plane about a fixed horizontal axis passing through C.

What horizontal velocity must be imparted to the mass at A so that it just completes the vertical circle.

COMPREHENSION

A smooth sphere (mass 10 kg, negligible radius) rolls on a smooth curved surface from the point A

with a speed of 10 m/s as shown in figure . The sphere reaches the point D passing through point B .

If the ground is taken as reference, Then [Take g = 10 m/s2 ]

20m C

D

E

B 10m 3m

(A) 2500 J (B) zero (C) 1500 J (D) 2000 J

(A) 2500 J, 0 J (B) 0 J, 2500 J (C) 2500 J, 1500 J (D) 1500 J, 2500 J

(A) 2500 J (B) zero (C) 1500 J (D) 2000 J

(A) 2200 J (B) zero (C) 1500 J (D) 2000 J

(A) Yes (B) No

(C) More information is required (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 68

PHYSICS Total Marks : 36

DPP No. 44 Max. Time : 38 min.

Topics : Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Friction

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q. 9 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A smooth wire is bent into a vertical circle of radius a. A bead P can slide smoothly on the wire. The

circle is rotated about vertical diameter AB as axis with a constant speed as shown in figure. The

bead P is at rest w.r.t. the wire in the position shown. Then 2 is equal to :

2g 2g g 3 2a

(A) (B) (C) (D)

a a 3 a g 3

2. A ball suspended by a thread swings in a vertical plane so that its acceleration in the extreme position

and lowest position are equal in magnitude. Angle of thread deflection in the extreme position will be:

1 1

(A) 2 tan1 (B) tan1 (C) tan1 2 (D) tan1 2

2 2

3. An automobile enters a turn of radius R. If the road is banked at an angle of 45 0 and the coefficient of

friction is 1, the minimum and maximum speed with which the automobile can negotiate the turn

without skidding is:

rg rg rg

(A) and rg (B) and rg (C) and 2 rg (D) 0 and infinite

2 2 2

4. From the uniform disc of radius 4 R two small disc of radius R are cut off. The centre of mass of the new

structure will be : (Centre of lower circular cavity lies on x-axis and centre of upper circular cavity lies

on y-axis)

R R R R

(A) î ĵ (B) î ĵ

5 5 5 5

R R 3R

(C) î ĵ (D) ( î ĵ )

5 5 14

DPPS FILE # 69

5. As shown in the figure, M is a man of mass 60 kg standing on a block of mass 40 kg kept on ground.

The co-efficient of friction between the feet of the man and the block is 0.3 and that between B and the

ground is 0.1. If the person pulls the string with 100 N force, then :

(B) A and B will move together with acceleration 1 m/s2

(C) the friction force acting between A & B will be 40 N

(D) the friction force acting between A & B will be 180 N

COMPREHENSION

Two bodies A and B of masses 10 kg and 5 kg are placed very slightly separated as shown in figure.

The coefficient of friction between the floor and the blocks is = 0.4. Block A is pushed by an external

force F. The value of F can be changed. When the welding between block A and ground breaks, block

A will start pressing block B and when welding of B also breaks, block B will start pressing the vertical

wall –

(A) 10 N (B) 20 N (C) 30 N (D) Zero

7. What should be the minimum value of F, so that block B can press the vertical wall

(A) 20 N (B) 40 N (C) 60 N (D) 80 N

8. If F = 50 N, the friction force (shear force) acting between block B and ground will be :

(A) 10 N (B) 20 N (C) 30 N (D) None

9. A particle moving along x-axis is being acted upon by one dimensional conservative force F. In the F–x curve

shown, four points J, K, L, M are marked on the curve. Column gives different type of equilibrium for the

particle at different positions. Column gives certain positions on the force position graphs. Match the

positions in Column-I with the corresponding nature of equilibrium at these positions.

F

M

x

O K L

J

Column I Column II

(A) Point J is position of (p) Neutral equilibrium

(B) Point K is position of (q) Unstable equilibrium

(C) Point L is position of (r) Stable equilibrium

(D) Point M is position of (s) No equilibrium

DPPS FILE # 70

PHYSICS Total Marks : 31

DPP No. 45 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topics : Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Newton’s Law of Motion, Work , Power and Energy

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A circular curve of a highway is designed for traffic moving at 72 km/h. If the radius of the curved path

is 100 m, the correct angle of banking of the road should be given by :

2 3 2 1

(A) tan 1 (B) tan 1 (C) tan 1 (D) tan 1

3 5 5 4

2. Two semicircular rings of linear mass densities and 2 and of radius ‘R’ each are joined to form a complete

ring. The distance of the center of the mass of complete ring from its geometrical centre is :

3R 2R 3R

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

8 3 4

3. The centre of mass of a non uniform rod of length L whose mass per unit length varies as

k.x 2

= where k is a constant & x is the distance of any point on rod from its one end, is (from the

L

same end)

3 1 k 3k

(A) L (B) L (C) (D)

4 4 L L

4. A bead of mass m is located on a parabolic wire with its axis vertical and vertex at the origin as shown in

figure and whose equation is x2 = 4ay. The wire frame is fixed in vertical plane and the bead can slide on it

without friction. The bead is released from the point y = 4a on the wire frame from rest. The tangential

acceleration of the bead when it reaches the position given by y = a is :

g 3g g g

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2 2 2 5

5. A uniform thin rod is bent in the form of closed loop ABCDEFA as shown in the figure. The y-coordinate

of the centre of mass of the system is

2r 6r 2r

(A) (B) (C) (D) Zero

3 2

DPPS FILE # 71

6. A particle of mass m is fixed to one end of a light spring of force constant k and unstretched length .

k

The system is rotated about the other end of the spring with an angular speed ( ) in gravity

m

free space. The increase in length of the spring is :

m 2 m 2 m2

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

k k m2 k m 2

7. A body of mass m was slowly hauled up the hill as shown in figure by a force F which at each point was

directed along a tangent to the trajectory. Find the work performed by this force, if the height of the hill

is h, the length of its base , and the coefficient of friction k.

COMPREHENSION

One end of massless inextensible string of length is fixed and other end is tied to a small ball of mass m.

The ball is performing a circular motion in vertical plane. At the lowest position, speed of ball is 20 g .

Neglect any other forces on the ball except tension and gravitational force. Acceleration due to gravity is g.

(A) circular motion with constant speed

(B) circular motion with variable speed

(C) circular motion with constant angular acceleration about centre of the circle.

(D) none of these

(A) 0 (B) g (C) 5 g (D) 16 g

(A) zero (B) mg (C) 10 mg (D) 15 mg

DPPS FILE # 72

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 46 Max. Time : 32 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A block attached with an ideal spring is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. Now the free end of the

spring is pulled with a constant velocity u horizontally. Then the maximum energy stored in the spring

and block system during subsequent motion is :

1

(A) mu2 (B) mu2 (C) 2mu2 (D) 4 mu2

2

2. A block of mass 1kg is pushed on a movable wedge of mass 2kg and height h = 30 cm with a velocity

u = 6m/sec. Before striking the wedge it travels 2 m on a rough horizontal portion. Velocity is just

sufficient for the block to reach the top of the wedge. Assuming all surfaces are smooth except the

given horizontal part and collision of block and wedge is jerkless, the friction coefficient of the rough

horizontal part is :

3. In the figure shown find out the distance of centre of mass of a system of a

uniform circular plate of radius 3 R from O in which a hole of radius R is cut

whose centre is at 2R distance from centre of large circular plate.

(A) R/4 (B) R/5 (C) R/2 (D) none of these

4. Which of the following statement is not true?

(A) Work done by conservative force on an object depends only on the initial and final states and not on

thepath taken.

(B) The change in the potential energy of a system corresponding to conservative internal forces is

equalto negative of the work done by these forces.

(C) If some of the internal forces within a system are non-conservative, then the mechanical energy of

the system is not constant.

(D) If the internal forces are conservative, the work done by the internal forces is equal to the change in

mechanical energy.

5. A boy of mass 50 kg produces an acceleration of 2m/s2 in a block of

mass 20kg by pushing it in horizontal direction. The boy moves with

the block such that boy and the block have same acceleration. There

is no friction between the block and fixed horizontal surface but there

is friction between foot of the boy and horizontal surface. Find friction

force (in Newton) exerted by the horizontal surface on the boy.

6. Four particles of mass 5, 3, 2, 4 kg are at the points (1, 6), ( 1, 5), (2, 3), (1, 4). Find the

coordinates of their centre of mass.

7. Motion of particle is described in column-I. In column-II, some statements about work done by forces on the

particle from ground frame is given. Match the particle's motion given in column-I with corresponding possible

work done on the particle in certain time interval given in column-II.

Column-I Column-II

(A) A particle is moving in horizontal circle (p) work done by all the forces may be positive

(B) A particle is moving in vertical circle (q) work done by all the forces may be negative

with uniform speed

(C) A particle is moving in air (projectile (r) work done by all the forces must be zero

motion without any air resistance) under gravity

(D) A particle is attached to roof of moving (s) work done by gravity may be positive.

train on inclined surface.

DPPS FILE # 73

PHYSICS Total Marks : 31

DPP No. 47 Max. Time : 35 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks 5 min.) [8, 10]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.7 (8 marks 10 min.) [8, 10]

Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 8 (3 marks 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A homogeneous plate PQRST is as shown in figure. The centre of mass of plate lies at midpoint A of

b

segment QT. Then the ratio of is (PQ = PT = b; QR = RS = ST = a)

a

13 13

(A) (B)

4 2

13 13

(C) (D)

2 4

2. A particle is rotated in a vertical circle connected by a light string of length and keeping the other end of the

string fixed. The minimum speed of the particle when the string is horizontal for which the particle will

complete the circle is

(A) g (B) 2g

3. A ring attached with a spring is fitted in a smooth rod. The spring is fixed at the outer end of the rod. The

mass of the ring is 3kg & spring constant of spring is 300 N/m. The ring is given a velocity ‘V’ towards

the outer end of the rod. And the rod is set to be rotating with an angular velocity . Then ring will move

with constant speed with respect to the rod if :

(B) = 10 rad/s

(C) angular velocity of rod is decreased continuously.

(D) constant velocity of ring is not possible.

DPPS FILE # 74

( 3 1)mg

4. A bead of mass m is attached to one end of a spring of natural length R and spring constant K = .

R

The other end of the spring is fixed at point A on a smooth vertical ring of radius R as shown in figure. The

normal reaction at B just after it is released is :

mg 3 3mg

(A) (B) 3 mg (C) 3 3 mg (D)

2 2

5. The square of the angular velocity of a certain wheel increases linearly with the angular displacement

during 100 rev of the wheel's motion as shown.Compute the time t required for the increase.

6. A particle of mass 2kg starts to move at position x = 0 and time t = 0 under the action of force

F = (10 + 4x) N along the x-axis on a frictionless horizontal track. Find the power delivered by the force

in watts at the instant the particle has moved by the distance 5m.

7. In column-I condition on velocity, force and acceleration of a particle is given. Resultant motion is

described in column-II. u = initial velocity, F = resultant force and v = instantaneous velocity..

Column-I Column-II

(A) u F 0 and F = constant (p) path will be circular path

(B) u F 0 and F = constant (q) speed will increase

(C) v F 0 all the time and | F | = constant (r) path will be straight line

and the particle always remains in one plane.

(D) u 2 î 3 ĵ and acceleration at all time a 6 î 9 ĵ (s) path will be parabolic

8. STATEMENT–1 : The work done by all forces on a system equals to the change in kinetic energy of that

system. This statement is true even if nonconservative forces act on the system.

(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1

(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1

(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False

(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.

DPPS FILE # 75

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 48 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Circular Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Friction

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A disc (of radius r cm) of uniform thickness and uniform density has a square hole with sides of

r

length = cm. One corner of the hole is located at the center of the disc and centre of the hole lies

2

on y-axis as shown. Then the y-coordinate of position of center of mass of disc with hole (in cm) is

r r r 3r

(A) 2 ( ¼) (B) 4 ( ¼) (C) 4 ( ½) (D) 4 ( ¼)

2. A flywheel rotates with a uniform angular acceleration. Its angular velocity increases from 20 rad/s to 40

rad/s in 10 seconds. How many rotations did it make in this period?

(A) 80 (B) 100 (C) 120 (D) 150

3. Figure shows the roller coaster track. Each car will start from rest at point A and will roll with negligible

friction. It is important that there should be at least some small positive normal force exerted by the

track on the car at all points, otherwise the car would leave the track. With the above fact, the minimum

safe value for the radius of curvature at point B is (g = 10 m/s2) :

4. A crate of mass m is pulled with a force F along a fixed right angled horizontal trough as in figure. The

coefficient of kinetic friction between the crate and the trough is Find the value of force F required to

pull it along the trough with constant velocity.

F

45°

DPPS FILE # 76

COMPREHENSION

Figure shows an irregular wedge of mass m placed on a smooth horizontal surface. Part BC is rough.

5. What minimum velocity should be imparted to a small block of same mass m so that it may reach point B :

6. The magnitude of velocity of wedge when the block comes to rest (w.r.t. wedge) on part BC is :

(A) gH (B) g(H h (C) 2 gH (D) none of these

7. If the coefficient of friction between the block and wedge is , and the block comes to rest with respect to

wedge at a point E on the rough surface then BE will be

H Hh h

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

8. In each situation of column-I a mass distribution is given and information regarding x and y-coordinate

of centre of mass is given in column-II. Match the figures in column-I with corresponding information of

centre of mass in column-II.

Column-I Column-II

(A) An equilateral triangular wire (p) x cm > 0

frame is made using three thin

uniform rods of mass per unit

lengths , 2 and 3 as shown

four thin uniform rods of mass

per unit length lengths , 2,

3 and 4 as shown

of two uniform semicircular wires

of same radius and of mass per

unit length and 2 as shown

of four uniform quarter circular

wires of same radius and

mass per unit length , 2, 3

and 4 as shown

DPPS FILE # 77

PHYSICS Total Marks : 30

DPP No. 49 Max. Time : 31 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A bob is attached to one end of a string other end of which is fixed at

peg A. The bob is taken to a position where string makes an angle of

300 with the horizontal. On the circular path of the bob in vertical plane

there is a peg ‘B’ at a symmetrical position with respect to the position

of release as shown in the figure. If Vc and Va be the minimum speeds

in clockwise and anticlockwise directions respectively, given to the

bob in order to hit the peg ‘B’ then ratio V c : Va is equal to :

2. A ring of radius R lies in vertical plane. A bead of mass ‘m’ can move along

the ring without friction. Initially the bead is at rest at the bottom most point

on ring. The minimum horizontal speed v with which the ring must be pulled

such that the bead completes the vertical circle

3. An object is moving in a circle at constant speed v. The magnitude of rate of change of momentum of the object

4. Assuming potential energy ‘U’ at ground level to be zero.

Solid sphere Solid Cube Solid Cone Solid Cylinder

P Q R S

D D D D

D

U=0

D D D

UP = Potential energy of solid sphere UQ = Potential energy of solid cube

UR = Potential energy of solid cone US = Potential energy of solid cylinder

(A) US > UP (B) UQ > US (C) UP > UQ (D) UP > US

5. A bob of mass 2 kg is suspended from point O of a cone with an inextensible string of length 3 m. It is

moving in horizontal circle over the surface of cone as shown in the figure. Then : (g = 10 m/s2)

38

(C) tension in string is N when v = 2 m/s

3

17

(D) normal force on bob is N when v = 2m/s

3

DPPS FILE # 78

6. A block of mass m rests on a rough horizontal plane having coefficient of kinetic friction µk and coefficient of

5 k mg

static friction µs. The spring is in its natural length, when a constant force of magnitude P = starts

4

acting on the block. The spring force F is a function of extension x as F = kx3. (Where k is spring constant)

(a) Comment on the relation between µs and µk for the motion to start.

(b) Find the maximum extension in the spring (Assume the force

P is sufficient to make the block move).

COMPREHENSION

An initially stationary box on a frictionless floor explodes into two pieces, piece A with mass m A and

piece B with mass m B. Two pieces then move across the floor along x-axis. Graph of position versus

time for the two pieces are given.

(A) , V (B) V (C) , (D) IV

Column A Column B (Graph number)

(P) m A = m B

(Q) m A > m B

(R) m A < m B

V

V

VI

(A P-V, Q-, R - (B) P-, Q-V, R-V (C) P-, Q-V, R-V (D) P-V, Q-, R-V

9. If all the graphs are possible then, in which of the following cases external force must be acting on the

box

(A) II (B) V (C) VI (D) I

DPPS FILE # 79

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 50 Max. Time : 27 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Relative Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

natural length . Mass 2m is fixed at the bottom of the frame. The

mass m which has the other end ofthe spring attached to it is

brought near the mass 2m and released as shown in figure. The

maximum angle that the spring will substend at the centre will

be : (Take k = 10 N/m, = 1 m, m = 1 kg and = r)

A of mass m moves in a circle of radius r with an angular velocity

such that 2 r = g/3. Another particle of mass m is tied to A through an

inextensible massless string. O is the hole through which string passes

down to B. B can move only vertically. The tension in the string at this

instant will be:

3. Two balls of same mass are released simultaneously from heights h & 2h from the ground level. The

balls collides with the floor & sticks to it. Then the velocity-time graph of centre of mass of the two balls

is best represented by :

4. Displacement-time curve of a particle moving along a straight line is shown. Tangents at A and B make

angles 450 and 1350 with positive x-axis respectively. The average acceleration of the particle during

t = 1, t = 2 second is :

(C) – 1 m/s2 (D) zero

DPPS FILE # 80

5. A particle A of mass m is situated at highest point of wedge B of mass 2 m is released from rest. Then

distance travelled by wedge B (with respect to ground) when particle A reaches at lowest position.

Assume all surfaces are smooth.

COMPREHENSION

Two racing cars 'A' and 'B' having masses 'M' and '2M' respectively start running from the starting line

on a horizontal plane. Both cars 'A' and 'B' have same speed 'V' which is constant through out the

journey. The track of the two cars are the arcs of concentric circle having centres O 1 and O 2 as shown

in figure with data. The friction coefficient of the two cars with the road is same. There is a finishing line

at the end of the arc. Using these informations solve the following questions.

t= 0

2M

B

M A

Starting line

r r O2

O1

r

Finishing line

6. Graph between the magnitude of relative velocity of the two car and time is :

vrel vrel vrel. vrel

7. The magnitude of relative acceleration of two cars when car 'A' just reaches the end of circular arc of radius

'r'.

V2 V2 V2

(A) 0 (B) ( 5 – 2 2 ) (C) 2 (D)

2r r r

8. The time interval during which the two cars have same angular speed :

(A) Always along the motion (B) Never

r r

(C) (D)

2V 4V

(A) Both car reaches the finishing line at same time.

(B) Frictional force acting on the cars is directed towards centre whenever it acts

(C) Frictional force have same magnitude for two car 'A' and 'B' during the trip.

(D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 81

PHYSICS Total Marks : 30

DPP No. 51 Max. Time : 33 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.8 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A particle is attached with a string of length which is fixed at point O on an inclined plane what

minimum velocity should be given to the particle along the incline so that it may complete a circle on

inclined plane (plane is smooth and initially particle was resting on the inclined plane.)

5 g 5 3g

(A) 5 g (B) (C) (D) 4 g

2 2

2. When a block is placed on a wedge as shown in figure, the block starts sliding down and the wedge

also start sliding on ground. All surfaces are rough. The centre of mass of (wedge + block) system will

move

rough

Block

Wedge

rough

(C) leftward and upwards. (D) only downward.

3. A shell of mass 4 kg moving with a velocity 10 m/s vertically upward explodes into three parts at a height 50

m from ground. After three seconds, one part of mass 2 kg reaches ground and another part of mass 1 kg is

at height 40 m from ground. The height of the third part from the ground is: [ g = 10 m/s2 ]

(A) 50 m (B) 80 m (C) 100 m (D) none of these

4 A small hoop of mass m is given an initial velocity of magnitude v 0 on the horizontal circular ring of

radius ‘r’. If the coefficient of kinetic friction is µ k the tangential acceleration of the hoop immediately

after its release is (assume the horizontal ring to be fixed and not in contact with any supporting

surface)

v 02 v 20 v 04

(A) µk g (B) µk (C) µk g2 (D) µk g2

r r r2

DPPS FILE # 82

5. A car moves around a curve at a constant speed. When the car goes around the arc subtending 60° at

the centre, then the ratio of magnitude of instantaneous acceleration to average acceleration over the

60° arc is :

2 5

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3 6 3 3

6. Two blocks A and B each of same mass are attached by a thin inextensible string through an ideal

pulley. Initially block B is held in position as shown in figure. Now the block B is released. Bolck A will

slide to right and hit the pulley in time t A. Block B will swing and hit the surface in time t B. Assume the

surface as frictionless.

(A) t A = t B

(B) t A < t B

(C) t A > t B

(D) data are not sufficient to get relationship between t A and t B.

7. Mass 2m is kept on a smooth circular track of mass m which is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. The

circular track is given a horizontal velocity 2gR towards left. Find the maximum height reached by 2m.

A

Following is a solid object formed by three parts which are a solid

hemisphere, solid cyllinder and a solid cone. The material of the object is d

uniform and all the above parts are made up of the same material. The B

dimensions of the objects are indicated in the figure. The points A,B,C,D,E

C d

lie on the common axis of the system as shown in the figure. Point C is the d/2

centre of the cylinder. D

d

Column I Column II E

(B) Centre of mass of the system of only hemisphere and (q) BC

cyllinder lies on segment

(C) Centre of mass of the system of only cone and (r) CD

cyllinder lies on segment

(D) Centre of mass of the system of only hemisphere (s) DE

and cone lies on segment

DPPS FILE # 83

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 52 Max. Time : 25 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. 8 small cubes of length are stacked together to form a single cube. One cube is removed from this

system. The distance between the centre of mass of remaining 7 cubes and the original system is :

7 3 3 3

(A) (B) (C) (D) zero

16 16 14

2. A uniform rod of mass M and length L falls when it is made to stand on a smooth horizontal floor. The

trajectories of the points P, Q and R as shown in the figure given below is best represented by :

3. A man places a vertical uniform chain (of mass ‘m’ and length ‘ ’) on a table slowly. Initially the lower end of

the chain just touches the table. The man drops the chain when half of the chain is in vertical position. Then

work done by the man in this process is :

mg 3mg mg

(A) – mg (B) – (C) – (D) –

2 4 8 8

DPPS FILE # 84

4. The potential energy (in S units) of a particle of mass 2 kg in a conservative field is U = 6x – 8y. If the initial

velocity of the particle is u = – 1.5 î + 2 ĵ then the total distance travelled by the particle in first two seconds

is

(A) 10 m (B) 12 m (C) 15 m (D) 18 m

5. A penguin of mass m stands at the right edge of a sled of mass 3m and legnth . The sled lies on frictionless

ice. The penguin starts moving towards left, reaches the left end and jumps with a velocity u and at an angle

relative to ground. (Neglect the height of the sled)

(A) Till the penguin reaches the left end, the sled is displaced by

4

(B) Till the penguin reaches the left end, the sled is displaced by

3

2

4 u sin 2

(C) After jumping, it will fall on the ground at a distance from the left end of the sled.

3 g

3 u 2 sin 2

(D) After jumping, it will fall on the ground at a distance from the left end of the sled.

4 g

6. Two blocks, of masses M and 2M, are connected to a light spring of spring constant K that has one end

fixed, as shown in figure. The horizontal surface and the pulley are frictionless. The blocks are released

from rest when the spring is non deformed. The string is light.

K

M

2M

4 Mg

(A) Maximum extension in the spring is .

K

2 M2 g2

(B) Maximum kinetic energy of the system is

K

(C) Maximum energy stored in the spring is four times that of maximum kinetic energy of the system.

4 M2 g2

(D) When kinetic energy of the system is maximum, energy stored in the spring is

K

7. In the figure shown the spring is compressed by ‘x0’ and released. Two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ of masses ‘m’ and

‘2m’ respectively are attached at the ends of the spring. Blocks are kept on a smooth horizontal surface and

x0

released. Find the work done by the spring on ‘A’ by the time compression of the spring reduced to .

2

DPPS FILE # 85

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 53 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.6 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A small bob of mass ‘m’ is suspended by a massless string from a cart of the same mass ‘m’ as shown in

the figure.The friction between the cart and horizontal ground is negligible. The bob is given a velocity V0 in

horizontal direction as shown. The maximum height attained by the bob is, (initially whole system

(bob + string + cart) was at rest).

2 2 2 2

2V0 V0 V0 V0

(A) (B) (C) (D)

g g 4g 2g

1

2. In the figure shown, coefficient of restitution between A and B is e = , then :

2

v 3

(A) velocity of B after collision is (B) impulse on one of the balls during collision is mv

2 4

3 1

(C) loss of kinetic energy in the collision is mv 2 (D) loss of kinetic energy in the collision is mv 2

16 4

3. The circular vertical section of the fixed track shown is smooth with radius r = 0.9 cm and the horizontal

straight section is rough with = 0.1. A block of mass 1 kg is placed at point 'Q' and given a horizontal

velocity of 3 m/s towards the spring. Distance QS = 40 cm and maximum compression in the spring is

10 cm during the motion (g = 10 m/s2) :

(B) The velocity with which block returns to point 'Q' is 1 m/s

(C) At point P its velocity will be 0.8 m/s

(D) At point P, the normal reaction on the block is less than 55 N

DPPS FILE # 86

4. The end ' A ' of a uniform rod AB of length ' ' touches a horizontal smooth fixed surface. Initially the rod

makes an angle of 30º with the vertical. Find the magnitude of displacement of the end B just before it

touches the ground after the rod is released.

5. A man is standing on a cart of mass double the mass of the man. Initially cart is at rest on the smooth

ground. Now man jumps with relative velocity 'v' horizontally towards right with respect to cart. Find the work

done by man during the process of jumping.

/////////////////////////////////////////////

6. A small block of mass m 1 lies over a long plank of mass m 2. The plank in turn lies over a smooth

horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction between m 1 and m 2 is . A horizontal force F is applied to

the plank as shown in figure. Column-I gives four situation corresponding to the system given above.

In each situation given in column-I, both bodies are initially at rest and subsequently the plank is pulled

by the horizontal force F. Take length of plank to be large enough so that block does not fall from it.

Match the statements in column-I with results in column-II.

Column-I Column-II

block and plank, the work done by force of friction

acting on block in some time interval is

(B) If there is no relative motion between the (r) zero

block and plank, the work done by force of friction

acting on plank is some time interval

(C) If there is relative motion between the (q) negative

block and plank, then work done by friction force

acting on block plus work done by

friction acting on plank is

(D) If there is no relative motion between the (s) is equal to non mechanical

block and plank, then work done by energy produced

friction force acting on block plus work

done by friction acting on plank is

DPPS FILE # 87

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 54 Max. Time : 29 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disc of mass ‘m’ and radius R is placed on a smooth horizontal floor such that the plane surface of

the disc is in contact with the floor. A man of mass m/2 stands on the disc at its periphery. The man starts

walking along the periphery of the disc. The size of the man is negligible as compared to the size of the disc.

Then the centre of disc.

R 2R

(A) moves along a circle of radius (B) moves along a circle of radius

3 3

R

(C) moves along a circle of radius (D) does not move along a circle

2

2. For a two-body system in absence of external forces, the kinetic energy as measured from ground frame is

Ko and from center of mass frame is Kcm. Pick up the wrong statement

(A) The kinetic energy as measured from center of mass frame is least

(B) Only the portion of energy Kcm can be transformed from one form to another due to internal changes

in the system.

(C) The system always retains at least Ko – Kcm amount of kinetic energy as measured from ground

frame irrespective of any kind of internal changes in the system.

(D) The system always retains at least Kcm amount of kinetic energy as measured from ground frame

irrespective of any kind of internal changes in the system

3. A ball of mass m = 200 gm is suspended from a point A by an inextensible string of length L. Ball is

3

drawn to a side and held at same level as A but at a distance L from A as shown. Now the ball is

2

released. Then : (assume string applies only that much jerk which is required so that velocity along

string becomes zero).

3gL

(B) speed of ball just after experiencing jerk is

2

gL

(C) Impulse applied by string

10

(D) ball will experience jerk after reaching to point B.

DPPS FILE # 88

4. Two blocks of mass m1 and m2 are connected with an ideal spring on a smooth horizontal surface as shown

in figure. At t = 0 m1 is at rest and m2 is moving with a velocity v towards right. At this time spring is in its

natural length. Prove that if m1 < m2 block of mass m2 will never come to rest.

v

m1 m2

5. The friction coefficient between the horizontal surface and each of the blocks shown in figure is 0.20.

The collision between the blocks is perfectly elastic. Find the separation between the two blocks (in

cm) when they come to rest. Take g = 10 m/s2.

1 m/s

2 kg 4 kg

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////

16 cm

COMPREHENSION

A ring of radius R is made of a thin wire of material of density having cross section area a. The ring

rotates with angular velocity about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the plane.

If we consider a small element of the ring, it rotates in a circle. The required centripetal force is provided

by the component of tensions on the element towards the centre. A small element of length d of

angular width d is shown in the figure.

1

(A) (a. d 2R) (B) R2d2 (C) a d 2 R (D) zero

2

aR 2 2

(A) T = (B) T = a R22 (C) a2 2 (D) T = 2 a R22

2

8. If for a given mass of the ring and angular velocity, the radius R of the ring is increased to 2R, the new

tension will be

(A) T/2 (B) T (C) 2T (D) 4T

DPPS FILE # 89

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 55 Max. Time : 24 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

1. A glass ball collides with a smooth horizontal surface in xz plane with a velocity v a î bˆj . If the

coefficient of restitution of collision is e, then the velocity of the ball just after the impact will be :

speed 3 m/s hits a fixed smooth wedge and goes up with a velocity

v f in the vertical direction. If of wedge is 30º, the velocity v f will be:

(A) 3 m/s (B) 3 m/s

1

(C) m/s (D) this is not possible

3

3. A plank of mass m moving with a velocity ' v ' along a frictionless

horizontal track and a body of mass m/2 moving with 2 v collides with

plank elastically. Final speed of the plank is :

5v 3v 2v

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

3 3 3

COMPREHENSION

Two friends A and B (each weighing 40 kg) are sitting on a frictionless platform some distance d apart.

A rolls a ball of mass 4 kg on the platform towards B which B catches. Then B rolls the ball towards A

and A catches it. The ball keeps on moving back and forth between A and B. The ball has a fixed speed

of 5 m/s on the platform.

4. Find the speed of A after he rolls the ball for the first time

(A) 0.5 m/s (B) 5m/s (C) 1 m/s (D) None of these

5. Find the speed of A after he catches the ball for the first time.

10 50 10

(A) m/s (B) m/s (C) m/s (D) None of these

21 11 11

6. Find the speeds of A and B after the ball has made 5 round trips and is held by A :

10 50 50 10 50

(A) m/s , m/s (B) m/s, m/s (C) m/s, 5 m/s (D) None of these

11 11 11 11 11

(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) None of these

8. Where is the centre of mass of the system “ A + B + ball” at the end of the nth trip? (Give the distance

from the initail position of A)

10 10 50

(A) d (B) d (C) d (D) None of these

11 21 11

DPPS FILE # 90

PHYSICS Total Marks : 23

DPP No. 56 Max. Time : 23 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A stone of mass M is tied at the end of a string, is moving in a circle of radius R, with a constant

angular velocity . The total work done on the stone, in any half circle, is :

2. A hollow sphere of mass ‘m’ and radius R rests on a smooth horizontal surface. A simple pendulum having

string of length R and bob of mass m hangs from top most point of the sphere as shown. A bullet of mass ‘m’

and velocity ‘v’ partially penetrates the left side of the sphere and stick to it. The velocity of the sphere just

after collision with bullet is.

v v 2v 3v

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2 3 3 5

3. In the fig. shown a cart moves on a smooth horizontal surface due to an external constant force of

magnitude F. The initial mass of the cart is M 0 and velocity is zero. Sand falls on to the cart with

negligible velocity at constant rate kg/s and sticks to the cart. The velocity of the cart at time t is :

Ft F t t Ft Ft

(A) (B) e (C) (D) e t

M0 t M0 M0 M0 t

the block ‘A’ with velocity ‘ v ‘ and sticks to it. Then the value of ‘ v ‘ for

which the spring just attains natural length is:

60 m g2 6 m g2

(A) (B)

k k

10 m g2

(C) (D) none of these

k

DPPS FILE # 91

5. A strip of wood of mass M and length is placed on a smooth horizontal surface. An insect of mass m

starts at one end of the strip and walks to the other end in time t , moving with a constant speed.

(A) the speed of insect as seen from the ground is <

t

M

(B) the speed of the strip as seen from the ground is

t Mm

M

(C) the speed of the insect as seen from the ground is

t Mm

2

1

(D) the total kinetic energy of the system is (m + M) .

2 t

6. Initial velocity and acceleration of a particle are as shown in the figure. Acceleration vector of particle remain

constant. Then radius of curvature of path of particle :

(A) is 9m initially

9

(B) is m initially

3

9

(C) will have minimum value of m

8

3

(D) will have minimum value m

8

7. STATEMENT-1 : A sphere of mass m moving with speed u undergoes a perfectly elastic head on collision

with another sphere of heavier mass M at rest (M > m), then direction of velocity of sphere of mass m is

reversed due to collision [no external force acts on system of two spheres]

STATEMENT-2 : During a collision of spheres of unequal masses, the heavier mass exerts more force on

lighter mass in comparison to the force which lighter mass exerts on heavier mass.

(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.

(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1

(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False

(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True

DPPS FILE # 92

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 57 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Newton’s Law of Motion, Circular Motion, Center of Mass

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks 3 min.) [12, 12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. The moment of inertia of a door of mass m, length 2 and width about its longer side is

11m 2 5m 2

(A) (B)

24 24

m 2

(C) (D) none of these

3

2. Two blocks of equal mass are ties with a light string which passes over a massless pulley as shown in

figure. The magnitude of acceleration of centre of mass of both the blocks is (neglect friction everywhere):

3 1

(A) g (B) ( 3 1) g

4 2

g 3 1

(C) (D) g

2 2

3. Three point masses are arranged as shown in the figure. Moment of inertia of the system about the

axis O O is : (passing through its plane)

ma 2

(A) 2 m a2 (B)

2

(C) m a2 (D) none of these

DPPS FILE # 93

4. A section of fixed smooth circular track of radius R in vertical plane is shown in the figure. A block is released

from position A and leaves the track at B. The radius of curvature of its trajectory when it just leaves the track

at B is:

R R

(A) R (B) (C) (D) none of these

4 2

5. In the figure, the block B of mass m starts from rest at the top of a wedge W of mass M. All surfaces

are without friction. W can slide on the ground. B slides down onto the ground, moves along ground

with a speed , has an elastic collision with the wall, and climbs back onto W.

(B) from the beginning, till the collision with the wall, the centre of mass of 'B + W' is stationary in horizontal

direction

2m

(C) after the collision the centre of mass of 'B + W' moves with the velocity

mM

2m

(D) when B reaches its highest position on W, the speed of W is

mM

6. In a free space a rifle of mass M shoots a bullet of mass m at a stationary block of mass M distance D

away from it. When the bullet has moved through a distance d towards the block the centre of mass of

the bullet-block system is at a distance of :

( D d) m md MD

(A) from the block (B) from the rifle

Mm Mm

2 d m DM M

(C) from the rifle (D) (D d) from the bullet

Mm Mm

7. A uniform circular chain of radius r and mass m rests over a sphere of radius R as shown in figure. Friction is

absent everywhere and system is in equilibrium. Find the tension in the chain.

DPPS FILE # 94

PHYSICS Total Marks : 31

DPP No. 58 Max. Time : 35 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q .1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [16, 20]

Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3 , 3]

1. In the figure m A = m B = m C = 60 kg. The co-efficient of friction between C and ground is 0.5, B and

ground is 0.3, A & B is 0.4. C is pulling the string with the maximum possible force without moving.

Then tension in the string connected to A will be:

(C) 100 N (D) zero

2. A particle of mass m is given initial speed u as shown in the figure. It move to the fixed inclined plane without

a jump, that is, its trajectory changes sharply from the horizontal line to the inclined line. All the surfaces are

smooth and 90 0. Then the height to which the particle shall rise on the inclined plane (assume the

length of the inclined plane to be very large)

(C) is independent of (D) data insufficient

3. The moment of inertia of a thin sheet of mass M of the given shape about the specified axis is (axis and

sheet both are in same plane:)

7 5

(A) Ma2 (B) Ma2

12 12

1 1

(C) Ma2 (D) Ma2

3 12

DPPS FILE # 95

4. A man stands at one end of a boat which is stationary in water. Neglect water resistance. The man now

moves to the other end of the boat and again becomes stationary. The centre of mass of the 'man plus boat'

system will remain stationary with respect to water.

(A) in all cases

(B) only when the man is stationary initially and finally

(C) only if the man moves without acceleration on the boat

(D) only if the man and the boat have equal masses.

5. A uniform semicircular disc of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ is shown in the figure. Find out its moment of inertia

about

(a) axis ‘AB’ (shown in the figure) which passes through geometrical centre and lies in the plane of the

disc

(b) axis ‘CD’ which passes through its centre of mass and it is perpendicular to the plane of the disc.

m slide on it without friction . The beads are released simultaneously

from the top of the ring and slide down along opposite sides.Find

the angle from vertical at which the ring will start to rise.

7. Find out the moment of inertia of the following structure (written as ) about axis AB made of

thin uniform rods of mass per unit length .

8. A spherical cavity is formed from a solid sphere by removing mass from it.

The resultant configuration is shown in figure. Find out the moment of

inertia of this configuration about the axis through centre of the solid sphere

as shown. Take mass M (uniform) for the configuration and radius R for

solid sphere and radius R/2 for cavity.

9. STATEMENT-1 : Two spheres undergo a perfectly elastic collision. The kinetic energy of system of both

spheres is always constant. [There is no external force on system of both spheres].

STATEMENT-2 : If net external force on a system is zero, the velocity of centre of mass remains constant.

(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.

(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1

(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False

(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True

DPPS FILE # 96

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 59 Max. Time : 26 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disc of radius R lies in the x-y plane, with its centre at origin. its moment of inertia about

z-axis is equal to its moment of inertia about line y = x + c. The value of c will be

R R R

(A) (B) ± (C) (D) –R

2 2 4

2. A square plate of edge a/2 is cut out from a uniform square plate of edge 'a' as shown in figure. The

mass of the remaining portion is M. The moment of inertia of the shaded portion about an axis passing

through 'O' (centre of the square of side a) and perpendicular to plane of the plate is :

9 3 5 Ma 2

(A) Ma2 (B) 16 Ma2 (C) Ma2 (D)

64 12 6

3. Moment of inertia of uniform triangular plate about axis passing through sides AB, AC, BC are IP, IB & IH

respectively & about an axis perpendicular to the plane and passing through point C is IC. Then :

(C) IP > IH > IB > IC (D) IH > IB = IC > IP

4. Moment of inertia of a uniform quarter disc of radius R and mass M about an axis through its centre of

mass and perpendicular to its plane is :

2 2

M R2 4R M R2 4R

(A) M (B) M 2

2 3 2 3

2 2

M R2 4R M R2 4R

(C) +M (D) +M 2

2 3 2 3

DPPS FILE # 97

5. A uniform horizontal beam of length L and mass M is attached to a wall by a pin connection. Its far end is

supported by a cable that makes an angle with the horizontal. If a man of mass ‘m’ stands at a distance

from the wall, find the tension in the cable in equilibrium.

COMPREHENSION

Two beads of mass 2m and m, connected by a rod of length and of negligible mass are free to move in

a smooth vertical circular wire frame of radius as shown. Initially the system is held in horizontal

position (Refer figure)

2m m

6. The velocity that should be given to mass 2m (when rod is in horizontal position) in counter-clockwise

direction so that the rod just becomes vertical is :

5g 3 3 1 3 5

g g g

(A) (B) 3 (C) (D)

3 2 2

7. The minimum velocity that should be given to the mass 2m in clockwise direction to make it vertical is:

5g 7g 3 3 1

g

(A) (B) (C) 3 (D) None of these

3 3

8. If the rod is replaced by a massless string of length and the system is released when the string is

horizontal then :

(A) Mass 2m will arrive earlier at the bottom.

(B) Mass m will arrive earlier at the bottom.

(C) Both the masses will arrive together but with different speeds.

(D) Both the masses will arrive together with same speeds.

DPPS FILE # 98

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 60 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Work ,Power and Energy, Center of Mass, Friction

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q. 5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

disc is free to rotate about a frictionless fixed axis through its center

and perpendicular to plane of the disc. All three forces (in plane of the

disc) shown in figure are exerted tangent to their respective circular

periphery. The magnitude of the net torque (about centre of disc) acting

on the disc is:

(A) 1.5 FR (B) 1.9 FR (C) 2.3 FR (D) 2.5 FR

2. A particle starts moving from rest from the origin & moves along positive x-direction. Its rate of change

of kinetic energy with time shown on y-axis varies with time t as shown in the graph. If position,

velocity, acceleration & kinetic energy of the particle at any time t are x, v, a & k respectively then

which of the option (s) may be correct ?

3. Two identical rods are joined at one of their ends by a pin. Joint is smooth

and rods are free to rotate about the joint. Rods are released in vertical

plane on a smooth surface as shown in the figure. The displacement of the

joint from its initial position to the final position is (i.e. when the rods lie

straight on the ground)

L 17 5L

(A) (B) L (C) (D) none of these

4 4 2

4. Figure shows an ideal pulley block of mass m = 1 kg, resting on a rough

ground with friction coefficient µ = 1.5. Another block of mass M = 11 kg is

hanging as shown. When system is released it is found that the magnitude

of acceleration of point P on string is a. Find value of 4a in m/s2.

(Use g = 10 m/s2)

DPPS FILE # 99

5. In figure the uniform gate weighs 300 N and is 3 m wide & 2 m high. It is supported by a hinge at the

bottom left corner and a horizontal

cable at the top left corner, as shown. Find :

(a) the tension in the cable and

(b) the force that the hinge exerts on the gate (magnitude & direction).

COMPREHENSION

(i) floor is smooth & (ii) the collision is elastic

If both are considered then the path of ball is as follows.

x x x

Now if collision is inelastic and surface is rough then the path is as follows.

Roughness of surface decreases the horizontal component of ball during collision and inelastic nature of

collision decreases the vertical component of velocity of ball. In first case both components remain unchanged

in magnitude and in second case both the components of the velocity will change.

Let us consider a third case here surface is rough but the collision of ball with floor is elastic. A ball is

projected with speed u at an angle 30° with horizontal and it is known that after collision with the floor its

u

speed becomes . Then answer the following questions.

3

6. The angle made by the resultant velocity vector of the ball with horizontal after first collision with floor is :

(A) 30° (B) 60° (C) 90° (D) 45°

H

7. The ratio of maximum height reached by ball in first loop and second loop 1 is :

H2

1 1 1

(A) (B) (C) 1 (D)

4 2 3

8. If the ball after first collision with the floor had rebounded vertically then the speed of the ball just after

the collision with the floor would have been :

3

(A) u (B) u/2 (C) u (D) None of these

2

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 61 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Rigid Body Dynamics

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9 , 9]

1. A ball collides elastically with a massive wall moving towards it with a velocity of v as shown. The collision

occurs at a height of h above ground level and the velocity of the ball just before collision is 2v in horizontal

direction. The distance between the foot of the wall and the point on the ground where the ball lands, at the

instant the ball lands, will be :

2h 2h 2h 2h

(A) v g (B) 2v g (C) 3 v g (D) 4v g

2. A block attached to a spring, pulled by a constant horizontal force, is kept on a smooth surface as shown in

the figure. Initially, the spring is in the natural state. Then the maximum positive work that the applied force

F can do is : [Given that spring does not break]

F2 2F 2 F2

(A) (B) (C) (D)

K K 2K

3. A planar object made up of a uniform square plate and four semicircular discs of the same thickness

and material is being acted upon by four forces of equal magnitude as shown in figure. The coordinates

of point of application of forces is given by

(C) (a, 0) (D) (–a, 0)

4. The angular velocity of a rigid body about any point of that body is same:

(A) only in magnitude

(B) only in direction

(C) both in magnitude and direction necessarily

(D) both in magnitude and direction about some points, but not about all points.

ydirection with speed 3 m/s is being hit at that point by a striker

moving along negative x-axis. The line joining centre of the coin and

striker just before the collision is parallel to x-axis. After collision the

coin goes into the hole located at origin. Mass of the striker and the

coin is equal. Considering the collision to be elastic, find the velocity

(in vector form) of the striker before the collision and after the collision.

touches the surf ace of a table by its lower end. Find the force

exerted by the table on the chain when half of its length has fallen

on the table. The fallen part does not form heap.

COMPREHENSION

A smooth rope of mass m and length L lies in a heap on a smooth horizontal floor, with one end attached to

a block of mass M. The block is given a sudden kick and instantaneously acquires a horizontal velocity of

magnitude V0 as shown in figure 1. As the block moves to right pulling the rope from heap, the rope being

smooth, the heap remains at rest. At the instant block is at a distance x from point P as shown in figure-2

(P is a point on the rope which has just started to move at the given instant) , choose correct options for next

three question.

mV0 MV0 m 2 V0 M2 V0

(A) m (B) m (C) (D)

m m

(M x ) (M x ) M (M x) m (M x )

L L L L

(A) m

(B) m

(C) m

(D) m

L L ML L

(M x )3 (M x )3 (M x )3 (M x )3

L L L L

(A) m (B) (C) (D)

L L m L m L m

(M x )2 (M x )2 (M x )2 (M x )2

L L L L

PHYSICS Total Marks : 30

DPP No. 62 Max. Time : 33 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.8 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. In which of the following cases the friction force between'A' and 'B' is maximum. In all cases

1=0.5,2 = 0.

g

2k

1

1 A 2kg A

Fixed

(A) B 3kg 10N (B)

2 B

37°

1 A 2kg

2 B

3kg

(C) (D)

C 1kg

2. A uniform stick of mass M is placed in a frictionless well as shown. The stick makes an angle with

the horizontal. Then the force which the vertical wall exerts on right end of stick is :

Mg Mg

(A) (B)

2 cot 2 tan

Mg Mg

(C) (D)

2 cos 2 sin

3. Two small spheres of equal mass, and heading towards each other with equal speeds, undergo a head-

on collision (no external force acts on system of two spheres). Then which of the following statement

is correct?

(A) Their final velocities must be zero.

(B) Their final velocities may be zero.

(C) Each must have a final velocity equal to the other’s initial velocity.

(D) Their velocities must be reduced in magnitude

4. In the figure shown a uniform rod of mass ‘m’ and length ‘’ is hinged at one

end and the other end is connected to a light vertical spring of spring

constant ‘k’ as shown in figure. The spring has extension such that rod is

in equilibrium when it is horizontal. The rod can rotate about horizontal

axis passing through end ‘B’. Neglecting friction at the hinge find

a) extension in the spring (b) the force on the rod due to hinge.

COMPREHENSION

Uniform rod AB is hinged at the end A in a horizontal position as shown in the figure (the hinge is frictionless,

that is, it does not exert any friction force on the rod). The other end of the rod is connected to a block through

a massless string as shown. The pulley is smooth and massless. Masses of the block and the rod are

same and are equal to ' m '.

5. Then just after release of block from this position, the tension in the thread is

mg 5 mg 11mg 3 mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

8 8 8 8

6. Then just after release of block from this position, the angular acceleration of the rod is

g 5g 11g 3g

(A) 8 (B) 8 (C) 8 (D) 8

7. Then just after release of block from this position, the magnitude of reaction exerted by hinge on the rod is

3 mg 5 mg 9 mg 7 mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

16 16 16 16

8. Four identical rods, each of mass m and length l are joined to form a rigid square frame. The frame lies in the

X-Y plane, with its centre at the origin and the sides parallel to the x and y axis. it’s moment of inertia about

x

Column I Column II

(A) An axis parallel to z-axis (p) 5/3 m2

and passing through a corner

(B) One side (q) 2/3 m2

(C) The x-axis (r) 4/3 m2

(D) The z-axis (s) 10/3 m2

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 63 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion, Center of Mass

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q. 5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disc of mass m and radius r and a point mass m are arranged as shown in the figure. The

acceleration of point mass is: (Assume there is no slipping between pulley and thread and the disc can

rotate smoothly about a fixed horizontal axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane)

g g

(A) (B)

2 3

2g

(C) (D) none of these

3

2. Mass m is connected with an ideal spring of natural length whose other end is fixed on a smooth horizontal

table. Initially spring is in its natural length . Mass m is given a velocity ‘v’ perpendicular to the spring and

released. The velocity perpendicular to the spring when its length is + x, will be

2 v 2v 2

(A) (B)

x x

v

(C) (D) zero

x

3. A ball of mass m is attached to the lower end of a light vertical spring of force constant k. The upper end

of the spring is fixed. The ball is released from rest with the spring at its normal (unstretched) length,

and comes to rest again after descending through a distance x.

mg 2 mg

(A) x = (B) x =

k k

x

(C) the ball will have no acceleration at the position where it has descended through

2

(D) the ball will have an upward acceleration equal to g at its lowermost position.

4. A rod AB is moving on a fixed circle of radius R with constant velocity ‘v’ as shown in figure. P is the point of

3R

intersection of the rod and the circle. At an instant the rod is at a distance x = from centre of the circle.

5

The velocity of the rod is perpendicular to the rod and the rod is always parallel to the diameter CD.

(b) Find the angular speed of point of intersection

P with respect to centre of the circle.

cable suddenly breaks, determine; immediately after the release.

(a) the acceleration of end B.

(b) the reaction at the pin support.

COMPREHENSION

A smooth ball 'A' moving with velocity 'V' collides with another smooth identical ball at rest. After

collision both the balls move with same speed with angle between their velocities 60°. No external force

acts on the system of balls.

V V V 2V

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2 3 3 3

7. If the kinetic energy lost is fully converted to heat then heat produced is

1 2 1

(A) mV2 (B) mV2 (C) 0 (D) mV 2

3 3 6

1 1

(A) 1 (B) (C) (D) 0

3 3

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 64 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Newton’s law of Motion, Relative Motion, Rigid Body Dynamics, Friction

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A compound sphere is made by joining a hemispherical shell and a solid hemisphere of same radius R and

same mass as shown in figure. This system is kept between two smooth parallel walls and a smooth floor

with the hollow hemisphere on the top as shown in figure. The maximum angular velocity of the compound

sphere when the system is slightly disturbed is (all surfaces are smooth)

(A) (B) (C) (D)

64R 32R 16R 8R

2. A particle is placed at the origin of the coordinate system. Two forces of magnitude 20 N & 10 N act on it as

shown in figure. It is found that it starts moving towards the point (1,1). The net unknown force acting on the

particle at this position can be :

(A) 15 2 at angle 45º with positive x axis (B) 5 2 at angle 135º with positive x axis

(C) 5 2 at angle -45º with positive x axis (D) None of these

3. A railway compartment is 16 m long, 2.4 m wide and 3.2 m high. It is moving with a velocity V. A particle

moving horizontally with a speed u, perpendicular to the direction of V , enters through a hole at an

upper corner A and strikes the diagonally opposite corner B. Assume g = 10 m/s2.

(A) = 20 m/s

(B) u = 3 m/s

(C) to an observer inside the compartment , the path of the particle is a parabola

(D) to a stationary observer outside the compartment , the path of the particle is a parabola

4. In the figure (i) a disc of mass M (kg) and radius R (m) is rotating smoothly about a fixed vertical axis AB

R

with angular speed 26 rad/s. A rod CD of length (m) and mass M (kg) is hinged at one end at point ‘D’ on

2

the disc. The rod remains in vertical position and rotates along with the disc about axis AB. At some

moment the rod CD gets a very small impulse at point ‘C’ due to air due to which the rod falls on the disc

along one radius and sticks to the disc as shown in figure (ii). Now find the angular velocity of the disc in

rad/s.

5. Block B of mass 2 kg rests on block A of mass 10 kg. All surfaces are rough with the value of coefficient of

friction as shown in the figure. Find the minimum force F that should be applied on block A to cause relative

motion between A and B. (g = 10 m/s2)

COMPREHENSION

A horizontal uniform rod of mass 'm' has its left end hinged to the fixed incline plane, while its right end rests on

the top of a uniform cylinder of mass 'm' which in turn is at rest on the fixed inclined plane as shown. The

coefficient of friction between the cylinder and rod, and between the cylinder and inclined plane, is sufficient to

keep the cylinder at rest.

mg mg mg 2 mg

(A) (B) (C) (D)

4 3 2 3

7. The ratio of magnitude of frictional force on the cylinder due to the rod and the magnitude of frictional force on

the cylinder due to the inclined plane is:

(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 3 (C) 2 : 1 (D) 2 :1

8. The magnitude of normal reaction exerted by the inclined plane on the cylinder is:

3 mg 5 mg

(A) mg (B) (C) 2mg (D)

2 4

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 65 Max. Time : 27 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A bar of mass M and length L is in pure translatory motion with its centre of mass velocity V. It collides with

and sticks to a second identical bar which is initially at rest. (Assume that it becomes one composite bar of

length 2L). The angular velocity of the composite bar will be

3 V 4 V

(A) clockwise (B) clockwise

4 L 3 L

3 V V

(C) counterclockwise (D) counterclockwise

4 L L

2. A smooth tube of certain mass is rotated in gravity free space. The two balls shown in the figure move

towards ends of the tube. For the whole system which of the following quantity is not conserved.

(C) Kinetic energy (D) Angular speed

3. A uniform disc of mass M and radius R is released from the shown position. PQ is a string, OP is a

horizontal line, O is the centre of the disc and distance OP is R/2. Then tension in the string just after the

disc is released will be:

Mg Mg 2Mg

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

2 3 3

4. Which of the following statements is/are true

(A) work done by kinetic friction on an object may be positive.

(B) A rigid body rolls up an inclined plane without sliding. The friction force on it will be upwards.

(only contact force and gravitational force is acting)

(C) A rigid body rolls down an inclined plane without sliding. The friction force on it will be upwards.

(only contact force and gravitational force is acting)

(D) A rigid body is left from rest and having no angular velocity from the top of a rough inclined plane. It

moves down the plane with slipping. The friction force on it will be upwards.

5. Find the acceleration of solid right circular roller A, weighing 12 kg when it is being pulled by another

weight B (6 kg) along the horizontal plane as in figure (pulley is massless). The weight B is attached to

the end of a string wound around the circumference of roller. Assume there is no slipping of the roller

and the string is inextensible.

COMPREHENSION

A small ball (uniform solid sphere) of mass m is released from the top of a wedge of the same mass m.

The wedge is free to move on a smooth horizontal surface. The ball rolls without sliding on the wedge.

The required height of the wedge are mentioned in the figure.

h

P

m

h

Q

6. The speed of the wedge when the ball is just going to leave the wedge at point 'P' of the wedge is

5gh 5gh

(A) (B) gh (C) (D) None of these

9 6

7. The total kinetic energy of the ball just before it falls on the ground

13

(A) 2 mgh (B) mgh (C) mgh (D) None of these

18

8. The horizontal separation between the ball and the edge 'PQ' of wedge just before the ball falls on

the ground is

3 10 2 10

(A) h (B) h (C) 2 h (D) None of these

2 3

PHYSICS Total Marks : 23

DPP No. 66 Max. Time : 24 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A ring and a disc of same mass m and same radius R are joined concentrically. This system is placed

on a smooth plane with the common axis parallel to the plane as shown in figure. A horizontal force F

is applied on the system at a point which is at a distance x from the centre. The value of x so that it

starts pure rolling is

Ring,m F

x 90º

Disc,m

R

smooth

R 3R

(A) (B)

2 4

(C) R (D) Pure rolling is not possible as the floor is smooth.

2. A particle of mass m is moving along the x-axis with speed v when it collides with a particle of mass 2m

initially at rest. After the collision, the first particle has come to rest, and the second particle has split

into two equal-mass pieces that are shown in the figure. Which of the following statements correctly

describes the speeds of the two pieces

? ( > 0)

(B) Each piece moves with speed v/2.

(C) One of the pieces moves with speed v/2, the other moves with speed greater than v/2

(D) Each piece moves with speed greater than v/2.

3. A thin uniform rod AB is sliding between two fixed right angled surfaces. At some instant its angular velocity

is . If Ix represent moment of inertia of the rod about an axis perpendicular to the plane and passing through

the point X (A, B, C or D), the kinetic enegy of the rod is

1 1

(A) A 2 (B) B2

2 2

1 1

(C) C 2 (D) D 2

2 2

4. A solid sphere of mass m and radius r is given an initial angular velocity 0 and a linear velocity v 0 =

r 0 from a point A on a rough horizontal surface. It is observed that the ball turns back and returns to

the point A after some time if is less than a certain maximum value 0. Find 0.

COMPREHENSION

A wheel is released on a rough horizontal floor after imparting it an initial horizontal velocity v 0 and

angular velocity 0 as shown in the figure below. Point O is the centre of mass of the wheel and point P

is its instantaneous point of contact with the ground. The radius of wheel is r and its radius of gyration

about O is k. Coefficient of friction between wheel and ground is . A is a fixed point on the ground.

(A) linear momentum of wheel

(B) Angular momentum of wheel about O

(C) Angular momentum of wheel about A

(D) none of these

0 k 2 0 r 2 k2

(A) v 0 = 0r (B) v 0 = (C) v 0 = (D) V0 = 0 r

r R r

7. In above question, distance travelled by centre of mass of the wheel before it stops is -

2 2

v 0 r 2 v0

2

v0 k2

1

(A) 2g 1 2 (B) (C) 2g (D) None of these

r2

k 2g

PHYSICS Total Marks : 31

DPP No. 67 Max. Time : 32 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]

Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. There are four arrangements of a solid cylinder and a plank as shown in the figures. Some surfaces are

smooth and some are rough as indicated. There is no slipping at each rough surface. The plank and/or centre

of cylinder are given a horizontal constant velocity as shown in each of the situations. Using this information

fill in the blanks.

plank V

rough

C

(i) smooth The speed of center of mass of the cylinder is ___________.

plank

V

C rough

(ii) The angular velocity of the cylinder is __________.

V

plank

plank V

(a) V

(b) V/R

(c) 2V/R

(d) 4V/R

(e) cannot be determined from the given information

(f) Zero.

(A) (i) d (ii) b (iii) f (iv) c (B) (i) e (ii) b (iii) f (iv) b (C) (i) e (ii) d (iii) f (iv) c

(D) (i) e (ii) b (iii) f (iv) a (E) (i) e (ii) b (iii) f (iv) d

2. A student throws a horizontal stick of length L up into the air. At the moment it leaves her hand the

speed of stick's closest end is zero . The stick completes N turns just as it is caught by the student at

the initial release point . Find the height h to which the centre of mass of the rod rises .

COMPREHENSION

In figure, a block A of mass 2kg is moving to the right with a speed 5m/s on a horizontal frictionless surface.

Another block B of mass 3 kg with a massless spring of spring constant 222 N/m attached to it, is moving to

the left on the same surface and with a speed 2 m/s. Let us take the direction to the right as the positive X–

direction. At some instant, block A collides with the spring attached to block B. At some other instant, the

spring has maximum compression and then, finally, the blocks move with their final velocities. Assuming that

(i) the spring force is conservative and so there is no conversion of kinetic energy to internal energy and (ii) no

sound is made when block A hits the spring, answer the following questions.

(A) zero (B) 0.6 î m/s (C) 0.8 î m/s (D) 1.4 î m/s

(A) both linear momentum and kinetic energy are conserved

(B) both linear momentum and mechanical energy are conserved

(C) linear momentum is conserved but mechanical energy is not conserved

(D) Neither the linear momentum nor the mechanical energy remain conserved

(A) 2.5 î m/s (B) 1.8 î m/s (C) 3.6 î m/s (D) 3.4 î m/s

(A) zero (B) 0.6 î m/s (C) 0.8 î m/s (D) 1.4 î m/s

7. When the blocks are yet to attain their final velocities, in this situation at any instant when block A is moving

with a velocity 4 î m/s , velocity of block B will then be :

(A) 1.33 î m/s (B) 2.67 î m/s (C) 1.67 î m/s (D) 3.77 î m/s

(A) 16 cm (B) 24 cm (C) 33 cm (D) 52 cm

(A) 30 cm (B) 50 cm (C) 72 cm (D) 36 cm

10. STATEMENT-1 : The net momentum of a system of two moving particles is zero. Then at a particular

instant of time, the net angular momentum of system of given two particle is same about any point.

STATEMENT-2 : If net momentum of a system of two moving particle is zero, then angular momentum of

system of given two particles is zero about any point.

(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1

(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1

(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False

(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 68 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Rigid Body Dynamics, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. A body of mass m released from a height h on a smooth inclined plane that is shown in the figure. The

following can be true about the velocity of the block knowing that the wedge is fixed.

(B) v is highest when it compresses the spring by some amount

(C) v is highest when the spring comes back to natural position

(D) none of these

2. A man pulls a solid cylinder (initially at rest) horizontally by a massless string. The string is wrapped on the

cylinder and the cylinder performs pure rolling. Mass of the cylinder is 100 kg, radius is metre & tension in

string is 100 N. Then the angular speed of the cylinder after one revolution will be :

4

(A) 4 rad /sec (B) rad/ sec

3

4

(C) rad/ sec (D) none of these

3

3. A uniform pole of length L and mass M is pivoted on the ground with a frictionless hinge O. The pole is

free to rotate without friction about an horizontal axis passing through O and normal to plane of the

page.The pole makes an angle with the horizontal. The pole is released from rest in the position

shown, then linear acceleration of the free end (P) of the pole just after its release would be :

2 2

(A) g cos (B) g

3 3

3

(C) g (D) g cos

2

4. Two blocks A (5kg) and B(5kg) attached to the ends of a spring constant 1000 N/m are placed on a smooth

horizontal plane with the spring undef ormed. Simultaneously v elocities of 10m/s and

4 m/s along the line of the spring in the same direction are imparted to A and B then

10 4

k = 1000 N/m

5kg 5kg

(A) when the extension of the spring is maximum the velocities of A and B are same.

(B) the maximum extension of the spring is 30cm.

(C) the first maximum compression occurs /56 seconds after start.

(D) maximum compression and maximum extension occur alternately.

5. A rod AC of length and mass m is kept on a horizontal smooth plane. It is free to rotate and move. A

particle of same mass m moving on the plane with velocity v strikes rod at point B making angle 37 0

with the rod. The collision is elastic. After collision :

B /4

A 37° C

V

72 v

(A) The angular velocity of the rod will be

55

(B) The centre of the rod will travel a distance in the time in which it makes half rotation

3

24 mV

(C) Impulse of the impact force is

55

(D) None of these

6. A block of dimensions a a 2a is kept on an inclined plane of inclination 37º. The longer side is

perpendicular to the plane. The co-efficient of friction between the block and the plane is 0.8. By

numerical analysis find whether the block will topple or not.

7. Two separate cylinders of masses m (= 1 kg) & 4 m & radii R (= 10 cm) and 2 R rotating in clockwise

direction with 1 = 100 rad/sec. and2 = 200 rad/sec respectively. Now they are held in contact with

each other as in figure. Determine their angular velocities after the slipping between the cylinders

stops.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 20

DPP No. 69 Max. Time : 22 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disk of mass 300kg is rotating freely about a vertical axis through its centre with constant angular

velocity . A boy of mass 30kg starts from the centre and moves along a radius to the edge of the disk. The

angular velocity of the disk now is

0 0 40 5 0

(A) (B) (C) (D)

6 5 5 6

2. Two masses ‘ m ’ and ‘ 2 m ’ are placed in fixed horizontal circular smooth hollow tube as shown. The mass

‘ m ’ is moving with speed ‘u’ and the mass ‘ 2 m ’ is stationary. After their first collision, the time elapsed for

next collision. (coefficient of restitution e = 1/2)

2r 4r

(A) (B)

u u

3r 12r

(C) (D)

u u

3. A solid homogeneous cylinder of height h and base radius r is kept vertically on a conveyer belt moving

horizontally with an increasing velocity v = a + bt 2. If the cylinder is not allowed to slip then the time

when the cylinder is about to topple, will be equal to

rg 2 rg 2 bg rg

(A) (B) (C) (D) 2 bh

bh bh rh

4. Figure shows a smooth track which consists of a straight inclined part of length joining smoothly with the

circular part. A particle of mass m is projected up the inlcine from its bottom. (a) Find the minimum projection

- speed v 0 for which the particle reaches the top of the track. (b) Assuming that the projection - speed is 2v 0

and that the block does not lose contact with the track before reaching its top, find the force acting on it when

it reaches the top. (c) Assuming that the projection-speed is only slightly greater than v 0, where will the block

lose contact with the track?

5. Wheel A of radius rA = 10cm is coupled by a belt C to another wheel of radius rB = 25 cm as in the figure.

The wheels are free to rotate and the belt does not slip. At time t = 0 wheel A increases it’s angular

speed from rest at a uniform rate of /2 rad/sec2. Find the time in which wheel B attains a speed of 100

rpm [Hint: vA = vB]

COMPREHENSION

A smooth horizontal fixed pipe is bent in the form of a vertical circle of radius 20 m as shown in figure. A small

glass ball is thrown in horizontal portion of pipe at speed 30 m/s as shown from end A. (Take g = 10 m/s2)

(i) ball will not come out from end B.

(ii) ball will come out from end B.

(iii) At point D speed of ball will be just more than zero.

(iv) At point E and C the ball will have same speed.

(A) only (i) (B) (ii) and (iv) (C) (ii), (iii) and (iv) (D) only (ii)

7. At which angle from vertical from bottom most point F. The normal reaction on ball due to pipe will change its

direction (in terms of radially outwards and inwards) :

2 5

(A) = 180º (B) = cos–1 3 (C) = cos–1 6 (D) None of these

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 70 Max. Time : 22 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

surface. An impulse P is applied to the end B. The time taken by the rod to

turn through a

right angle is:

2ml m l ml 2ml

(A) (B) (C) (D)

P 3P 12P 3P

2. As shown in the figure, a disc of mass m is rolling without

slipping a angular velocity . When it crosses point B disc will

be in:

(A) translational motion only

(B) pure rolling motion

(C) rotational motion only

(D) none of these

3. A uniform circular disc placed on a horizontal rough surface has initially a velocity v 0 and an angular

velocity 0 as shown in the figure. The disc comes to rest after moving some distance in the direction

of motion. Then v 0/0 is:

d2 x

4. The equation of motion of a particle of mass 1 gm is + 2x = 0 where x is displacement (in m) from mean

dt 2

position. The frequency of oscillation is (in Hz):

1

1

(A) (B) 2 (C) 5 10 (D) 5 10

2

5. A man of mass 60 kg standing on a platform executing S.H.M. in the vertical plane. The displacement from

the mean position varies as y = 0.5 sin (2 ft). The value of f, for which the man will feel weightlessness at the

highest point is: (y is in metres)

g 2g

(A) (B) 4 g (C) (D) 2 2g

4 2

6. A particle executes SHM in a straight line. In the first second starting from rest it travels a distance ‘a’ and in

the next second a distance 'b' in the same direction. The amplitude of S.H.M will be

2a 2

(A) (B) a b (C) 2a b (D) a / b

3a b

7. A particle performing S.H.M. undergoes displacement of A/2 (where A = amplitude of S.H.M.) in one second.

At t = 0 the particle was located at either extreme position or mean position. The time period of S.H.M. can

be : (consider all possible cases)

(A) 12s (B) 2.4 (C) 6s (D) 1.2s

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 71 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Friction, Rigid Body Dynamics, Work, Power and Energy, Simple Harmonic Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

force F on Block 'A' so that block 'B' will slide on ground is:

(A) 30 N (B) 20 N

(C) 10 N (D) Not possible

2. A ring of radius R rolls without slipping on a rough horizontal surface with a constant velocity. The radius

of curvature of the path followed by any particle of the ring at the highest point of its path will be :

3. A particle is moving along x axis has potential energy U = (2 20x + 5 x2) Joules.

The particle is released at x = 3. The maximum value of ' x ' will be:

[ x is in meters and U is in joules ]

(A) 5 m (B) 3 m (C) 7 m (D) 8 m

4. The potential energy of a particle executing SHM changes from maximum to minimum in 5 s. Then the time

period of SHM is :

(A) 5 s (B) 10 s (C) 15 s (D) 20 s

3

5. A particle performs S.H.M. of amplitude A along a straight line. When it is at a distance A from

2

mean position, its kinetic energy gets increased by an amount 1/2 m 2 A2 due to an impulsive force.

Then its new amplitude becomes:

5 3

(A) A (B) A (C) 2 A (D) 5 A

2 2

6. The amplitude of a particle executing SHM about O is 10 cm. Then:

(A) when the K.E. is 0.64 of its maximum K.E. its displacement is 6 cm from O.

(B) when the displacement is 5 cm from O its K.E. is 0.75 times its maximum K.E.

(C) Its total energy of SHM at any point is equal to its maximum K.E.

(D) Its speed is half the maximum speed when its displacement is half the maximum displacement.

7. A block of mass m collides with another block of mass 3m completely inelastically as shown in figure. What

is the maximum value of v (in m/s) for which the block B does not move. Assume that initially spring is in

natural length and blocks A and B are at rest. (K/m = 100 S.I. unit)

m v 3m K m

C A B

µ=1

smooth smooth

8. A particle performs SHM of time period T, along a straight line. Find the minimum time interval to go from

position A to position B. At A both potential energy and kinetic energy are same and at B the speed is half of

the maximum speed.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 23

DPP No. 72 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Rigid Body Dynamic, Rotation, Simple Harmonic Motion

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A continuous stream of particles of mass m and velocity v, is emitted from a source at a rate of n per

second. The particles travel along a straight line, collide with a body of mass M and are buried in this

body. If the mass M was originally at rest, its velocity when it has received N particles will be:

mvn mvN mv Nm M

(A) (B) (C) (D)

Nm n Nm M Nm M mv

2. A particle is moving along x axis has potential energy U = (2 20x + 5 x2) Joules.

The particle is released at x = 3. The maximum value of ' x ' will be: [ x is in meters and U is in joules ]

(A) 5 m (B) 3 m (C) 7 m (D) 8 m

3. Four point mass, each of mass m are connected at a corner of a square of y

A

side 'a' , by massless rods as shown in the figure. x and y axis are in the

m m

plane of the system and z axis is perpendicular to the plane and passing

through the centre of the square.

(A) Moment of inertia of the system about x axis is x = ma2 z a

(B) Moment of inertia of the system about y axis is y = ma2 x

(C) Moment of inertia of the system about the diagonal axis AA' is AA' = ma2

(D) Moment of inertia of the system about z axis is z = ma2 m m

A'

4. The amplitude of a particle executing SHM about O is 10 cm. Then:

(A) when the K.E. is 0.64 of its maximum K.E. its displacement is 6 cm from O.

(B) when the displacement is 5 cm from O its K.E. is 0.75 times its maximum K.E.

(C) Its total energy of SHM at any point is equal to its maximum K.E.

(D) Its speed is half the maximum speed when its displacement is half the maximum displacement.

COMPREHENSION

A block of mass m slides down a wedge of mass M as shown. The

whole system is at rest, when the height of the block is h above

the ground. The wedge surface is smooth and gradually flattens.

There is no friction between wedge and ground.

5. As the block slides down, which of the following quantities associated with the system remains conserved?

(A) Total linear momentum of the system of wedge and block

(B) Total mechanical energy of the complete system

(C) Total kinetic energy of the system

(D) Both linear momentum as well as mechanical energy of the system

6. If there would have been friction between wedge and block, which of the following quantities would still remain

conserved ?

(A) Linear momentum of the system along horizontal direction

(B) Linear momentum of the system along vertical direction

(C) Linear momentum of the system along a tangent to the curved surface of the wedge

(D) Mechanical energy of the system

7. If there is no friction any where, the speed of the wedge, as the block leaves the wedge is :

2gh 2gh m M

(A) m (B) M (C) ( 2gh ) (D) ( 2gh )

(M m) M (M m) m Mm Mm

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 73 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Simple Harmonic Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Center of Mass, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

True or False (no negative marking) Q.2 (2 marks, 2 min.) [2, 2]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

3

1. A particle performs S.H.M. of amplitude A along a straight line. When it is at a distance A from

2

1

mean position, its kinetic energy gets increased by an amount m 2 A2 due to an impulsive force.

2

Then its new amplitude becomes:

5 3

(A) A (B) A (C) 2 A (D) 5 A

2 2

2. S1 : If the internal forces within a system are conservative, then the work done by the external

forces on the system is equal to the change in mechanical energy of the system.

S2 : The potential energy of a particle moving along x-axis in a conservative force field is

U = 2x 2 – 5x + 1 in S.I. units. No other forces are acting on it. It has a stable equilibrium

position at one point on x-axis.

S3 : Internal forces can perform net work on a rigid body.

S4 : Internal forces can perform net work on a non–rigid body.

(A) T T F T (B) T F F T (C) F F T T (D) F T F T

inextensible string that passes over a smooth pulley. One of the masses is

pulled downward by a constant force ‘F’ as shown in diagram, then find the

acceleration of the centre of mass of the system (A + B).

4. A particle performs SHM of time period T, along a straight line. Find the minimum time interval to go from

position A to position B. At A both potential energy and kinetic energy are same and at B the speed is half of

the maximum speed.

COMPREHENSION

One end of a light string of length L is connected to a ball and the other

end is connected to a fixed point O. The ball is released from rest at

t = 0 with string horizontal and just taut. The ball then moves in vertical

circular path as shown.The time taken by ball to go from position A to

B is t 1 and from Bto lowest position C is t 2. Let the velocity of ball at B

is v B and at C is v C respectively..

5. If | v C| = 2| v B| then the value of as shown is

1 1 1 1

(A) cos-1 (B) sin-1 (C) cos-1 (D) sin-1

4 4 2 2

6. If | v C| = 2| v B| then :

(A) t 1 > t 2 (B) t 1 < t 2 (C) t 1 = t 2 (D) Information insufficient

7. If | v C– v B | = | v B|, then the value of as shown is :

1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3

1 1 1 1

(A) cos

-1

(B) sin

-1

(C) cos

-1

(D) sin -1

4 4 2 2

PHYSICS Total Marks : 26

DPP No. 74 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Newton’s law of Motion, Simple Harmonic Motion, Rigid Body Dynamics, Work Power and

Energy, Projectile Motion

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [12, 15]

1. A man stands on a weighing machine kept inside a lift. Initially the lift is ascending with the acceleration ‘a’

due to which the reading is W. Now the lift decends with the same accleration and reading is 10 % of initial.

Find the acceleration of lift ?

g 9g

(A) m/sec2 (B) m/sec2

19 11

(C) 0 m/sec2 (D) g m/sec2

2. A horizontal spring–block system of mass 2kg executes S.H.M. When the block is passing through its

equilibrium position, an object of mass 1kg is put gently on it and the two move together. The new amplitude

of vibration is (A being its initial amplitude):

2 3 A

(A) A (B) A (C) 2A (D)

3 2 2

3. A solid ball of mass 'm' is released on a rough fixed inclined plane from height H. The ball will perform pure

rolling on the inclined plane. Then

Rough

5 mgH

(B) Translational kinetic energy of the ball at O will be

7

2 mgH

(C) Rotational kinetic energy of the ball at O will be

7

(D) Angular momentum of the ball will be conserved about a point on the inclined plane.

4. A particle of mass 1 kg moves from rest along a straight line due to action of a force F which varies with the

1

displacement x as shown in graph - (Use = 0.7 if needed)

2

(B) Total work done by force on particle up to x = 6m is – 5J

(C) There will be no power delivered by the particle at x = 3, 5.3 and 6 m

(D) None of these

5. A particle is projected from ground with an initial velocity 20 m/sec making an angle 60° with horizontal. If R1

and R2 are radius of curvatures of the particle at point of projection and highest point respectively, then find

R1

the value of R

2

6. A block of mass m1 = 1 kg is attached to a spring of force constant k = 24 N/cm at one end and attached to

a string tensioned by mass m2 = 5 kg. Deduce the frequency of oscillations of the system. If m2 is initially

supported in hand and then suddenly released, find

(b) the maximum displacement of m1.

(c) the maximum and minimum tensions in the string during oscillations.

7. A mass M is in static equilibrium on a massless vertical spring as shown in the figure. A ball of mass m

dropped from certain height sticks to the mass m after colliding with it. The oscillations they perform reach

to height 'a' above the original level of spring & depth 'b' below it.

(b) Find the oscillation frequency.

(c) What is the height above the initial level from which the mass m was dropped ?

PHYSICS Total Marks : 24

DPP No. 75 Max. Time : 24 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A ring of mass m and radius R rolls on a horizontal rough surface without slipping due to an applied

force ‘F’. The friction force acting on ring is : –

F 2F

(A) (B)

3 3

F

(C) (D) Zero

4

2. A simple pendulum 50 cm long is suspended from the roof of a cart accelerating in the horizontal direction

with constant acceleration 3 g m/s2. The period of small oscillations of the pendulum about its equilibrium

position is(g = 2 m/s2) :

(A) 1.0 sec (B) 2 sec

(C) 1.53 sec (D) 1.68 sec

3. If the length of a simple pendulum is doubled then the % change in the time period is :

(A) 50 (B) 41.4 (C) 25 (D) 100

4. A disc is hinged such that it can freely rotate in a vertical plane about a point on its radius. If radius of disc is

'R', then what will be minimum time period of its simple harmonic motion?

R 3R 2R R

(A) 2 g (B) 2 2g (C) 2 (D) 2 2g

g

5. A 25 kg uniform solid sphere with a 20 cm radius is suspended by a vertical wire such that the point of

suspension is vertically above the centre of the sphere. A torque of 0.10 N-m is required to rotate the

sphere through an angle of 1.0 rad and then maintain the orientation. If the sphere is then released, its

time period of the oscillation will be :

(A) second (B) 2 second (C) 2 second (D) 4 second

COMPREHENSION

Four identical uniform rods of mass M = 6kg each are welded at their ends

to form square and then welded to a uniform ring having mass m = 4kg &

radius R = 1 m. The system is allowed to roll down the incline of inclination

=300.

6. The moment of inertia of system about the axis of ring will be -

(A) 20 kg m2 (B) 40 kg m2 (C) 10 kg m2 (D) 60 kg m2.

g g 7g g

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2 4 24 8

8. The minimum value of coefficient of friction to prevent slipping is -

5 5 5 3 7

(A) (B) (C) (D)

7 12 3 7 5 3

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 76 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Simple Harmonic Motion, Newton’s Law of Motion, Work, Power and Energy

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. The resultant amplitude due to super position of x 1 = sin t, x 2 = 5 sin ( t + 37º) and x 3 = 15 cos

t is:

(A) 17 (B) 21 (C) 13 (D) none of these

2. A 20 gm particle is subjected to two simple harmonic motions

x1 = 2 sin 10 t,

x2 = 4 sin (10 t + ). where x1 & x2 are in metre & t is in sec.

3

(A) The displacement of the particle at t = 0 will be 2 3 m.

(B) Maximum speed of the particle will be 20 7 m/s.

(C) Magnitude of maximum acceleration of the particle will be 200 7 m/s2.

(D) Energy of the resultant motion will be 28 J.

3. A particle moves in xy plane according to the law x = a sinwt and y = a(1-coswt) where a and w are

constants. The particle traces

(A) a parabola (B) a straight line equally inclined to x and y axes

(C) a circle (D) a distance proportional to time.

4. Out of the statements given, which is/are correct ?

(A) The amplitude of a resultant simple harmonic motion obtained by superposition of two simple harmonic

motions along the same direction can be less than lesser of the amplitudes of the participating SHMs.

(B) When two simple harmonic motions which are in phase and in perpendicular directions superpose then

resulting motion will be SHM with same phase.

(C) When two simple harmonic motions (with amplitudes A1 and A2) which are out of phase (that means

phase difference ) and in perpendicular directions, superpose then resulting motion will be SHM with

amplitude A 12 A 22 .

(D) The combination of two simple harmonic motions of equal amplitude in perpendicular directions differing

in phase by /2 rad is a circular motion.

5. If the acceleration of the block B in the following system is a (in m/s2) then find out value of 2a/5 (g = 10

m/s2) :

COMPREHENSION

The velocity of a block of mass 2 kg moving along x-axis at any time t is given by v = 20 – 10t (m/s)

where t is in seconds and v is in m/s. At time t = 0, the block is moving in positive x-direction.

6. The work done by net force on the block starting from t = 0 till it covers a distance of 25 meter will be:

(A) +200 J (B) – 200J (C) + 300J (D) – 300J

7. The power due to net force on block at t = 3 sec. is :

(A) 100 watts (B) 200 watts (C) 300 watts (D) 400 watts

8. The Kinetic energy of block at t = 3 sec. is :

(A) 50 J (B) 100 J (C) 200 J (D) 300 J

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 77 Max. Time : 33 min.

Topics : Wave on a String, Circular Motion, Rigid Body Dynamics, Friction, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [16, 20]

1. A sine wave of wavelength is travelling in a medium. The minimum distance between the two particles,

always having same speed, is -

(A) /4 (B) /3 (C) /2 (D)

2. When a harmonic wave is propagating through a medium, the displacement ‘y’ of a particle of the medium is

2

represented by y = 10 sin (1800 t x). The time period will be

5

1 1

(A) s (B) s (C) 36 s (D) 360 s

360 36

3. A transverse wave described by equation y = 0.02sin (x + 30t) (where x and t are in metres and

sec.respectively) is travelling along a wire of area of cross–section 1mm2 and density 8000kg/m3. What

is the tension in the string ?

(A) 20 N (B) 7.2 N (C) 30 N (D) 14.4 N

4. A ball tied to the end of the string swings in a vertical circle under the influence of gravity.

(A) When the string makes an angle 90º with the vertical, the tangential acceleration is zero and radial

acceleration is somewhere between minimum and maximum

(B) When the string makes an angle 90º with the vertical, the tangential acceleration is maximum and radial

acceleration is somewhere between maximum and minimum

(C) At no place in circular motion, tangential acceleration is equal to radial acceleration (in magnitude)

(D) When radial acceleration has its maximum value, the tangential acceleration is zero

5. A uniform rod of length 75 cm is hinged at one of its ends and is free to rotate in vertical plane. It is released

from rest when rod is horizontal. When the rod becomes vertical, it is breaks at mid–point and lower part now

moves freely. The distance of centre of lower part from hinge, when it again becomes vertical for the first time

is r. Find the approximate value of 2r.

6. In figure shown minimum mass of block B (at a particular angle between

horizontal mand string AP) to just slide the block A on rough horizontal

surface is as shown in figure.

1 If is the coefficient of friction between

2

block A and ground then 2 will be :

m2

7. Body 1 experiences a perfectly elastic collision with a stationary Body 2. Determine the mass ratio m ,

1

if after a head-on collision the particles fly apart in the opposite directions with equal speeds.

8. A sinusoidal wave propagates along a string. In figure (a) and (b) ' y ' represents displacement of particle

from the mean position. ' x ' & ' t ' have usual meanings. Find:

(b) maximum velocity and maximum acceleration of the particles

(c) the magnitude of slope of the string at x = 2 at t = 4 sec.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 78 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Circular Motion, Friction, Projectile Motion, Work, Power and Energy

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A rod of mass m is supported by string AB and friction due to wall. Then friction force on rod due to wall is :

(g = acceleration due to gravity).

mg

(A) mg upward (B) mg downward (C) upward (D) Data insufficient

2

2. A small block of mass m is released from rest from point A inside a smooth hemisphere bowl of radius R,

which is fixed on ground such that OA is horizontal. The ratio (x) of magnitude of centripetal force and normal

reaction on the block at any point B varies with as :

3. Two blocks of mass m and 2m are arranged on a wedge that is fixed on a horizontal surface. Friction

coefficient between the block and wedge are shown in figure. Find the magnitude of acceleration of two

blocks.

m Fixed 2m

µ=1 wedge smooth

53° 37°

COMPREHENSION

A projectile is fired with speed v 0 at t = 0 on a planet named 'Increasing Gravity'. This planet is strange one,

in the sense that the acceleration due to gravity increases linearly with time t as g(t) = bt, where b is a

positive constant. 'Increasing Gravity'

(A) (B) (C) (D)

b b b b

(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these

3 b 3 b 3 b

6. At what angle with horizontal should the projectile be fired so that it travels the maximum horizontal distance:

1 1

(A) = tan–1 (B) = tan–1 (C) = tan–1 2 (D) = tan–1 2

2 2

7. The displacement-time graph of a body acted upon by some forces is shown in the figure. For this situation

match the entries of column I with the entries of column II.

s

B

C

A

O t

Column I Column II

(A) For OA, the total work done by all (p) always positive

forces together

(B) For OA, the work done by few of the (q) always negative

acting forces

(C) For AB, the work done by few of the (r) can be positive

acting forces

(D) For BC, the work done by few of the (s) can be zero

acting forces.

(t) can be negative

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 79 Max. Time : 23 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A carpenter has constructed a toy as shown in figure. If the density of the material of the sphere is 12 tirnes

that of cone, the y-coordinate of COM of toy from point O

9R

(A) 3R (B)

2

7R

(C) (D) 4R

2

2. An airplane flies between two cities separated by a distance D. Assume the wind blows directly from

one city to the other at a speed VA (as shown) and the speed of the airplane is Vo relative to the air. Find

the time taken by the airplane to make a round trip between the two cities (that is, to fly from city A to

city B and then back to City A) ?

(A) (B) (C) (D)

V02 VA2 V02 VA2 V02 VA2 V02 VA2

3. A travelling wave y = A sin (k x t + ) passes from a heavier string to a lighter string. The reflected wave

has amplitude 0.5 A. The junction of the strings is at x = 0. The equation of the reflected wave is:

(A) y = 0.5 A sin (k x + t + ) (B) y = 0.5 A sin (k x + t + )

(C) y = 0.5 A sin ( t k x ) (D) y = 0.5 A sin (k x + t )

4. 2 kg block is kept on 1 kg block as shown. The friction between 1 kg block and fixed surface is absent and

the coefficient of friction between 2 kg block and 1 kg block is µ = 0.1. A constant horizontal force F = 4 N is

applied on 1 kg block. If the work done by the friction on 1 kg block in 2 s is – X J, then find X.

Take g = 10 m/s2 .

COMPREHENSION

A sinusoidal wave travels along a taut string of linear mass density 0.1 g/cm. The particles oscillate

along y-direction and wave moves in the positive x-direction. The amplitude and frequency of oscillation

are 2mm and 50 Hz respectively. The minimum distance between two particles oscillating in the same

phase is 4m.

(A) 4000 (B) 400 (C) 25 (D) 250

6. The amount of energy transferred (in Joules) through any point of the string in 5 seconds is

2

(A)

10

2

(B)

50

2

(C)

5

(D) Cannot be calculated because area of cross-section of string is not given.

7. If at x = 2m and t = 2s, the particle is at y = 1mm and its velocity is in positive y-direction, then the

equation of this travelling wave is : (y is in mm, t is in seconds and x is in metres)

x x

(A) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 30°) (B) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 120°)

2 2

x

(C) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 150°) (D) None of these

2

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 80 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics :Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Rigid Body Dynamics, Work, Power and Energy, String Waves

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A boy of mass 30 kg starts running from rest along a circular path of radius 6 m with constant tangential

acceleration of magnitude 2 m/s2. After 2 sec from start he feels that his shoes started slipping on

ground. The friction coefficient between his shoes and ground is : (Take g = 10 m/s2)

1 1

(A) (B)

2 3

1 1

(C) (D)

4 5

2. A small smooth disc of mass m and radius r moving with an initial velocity ‘v’ along the positive x-axis collided

with a big disc of mass 2m and radius 2r which was initially at rest with its centre at origin as shown in figure.

r v

2r

x

O

8v 2 2 8v 2 2

(A) î v ĵ (B) î v ĵ

27 27 27 27

v 2 2 8v

(C) î (D) v î ĵ

3 27 27

3. A uniform rod AB of mass m and length l at rest on a smooth horizontal surface. An impulse P is applied to

the end B. The time taken by the rod to turn through a right angle is:

2ml ml

(A) (B)

P 3P

ml 2ml

(C) (D)

12P 3P

4. In the figure shown the pulley is smooth. The spring and the string are light. The block ‘B’ slides down

from the top along the fixed rough wedge of inclination . Assuming that the block reaches the end of

the wedge. Find the speed of the block at the end. Take the coefficient of friction between the block and

the wedge to be µ and the spring was relaxed when the block was released from the top of the wedge.

COMPREHENSION

A sinusoidal wave travels along a taut string of linear mass density 0.1 g/cm. The particles oscillate

along y-direction and wave moves in the positive x-direction. The amplitude and frequency of oscillation

are 2mm and 50 Hz respectively. The minimum distance between two particles oscillating in the same

phase is 4m.

(A) 4000 (B) 400 (C) 25 (D) 250

6. The amount of energy transferred (in Joules) through any point of the string in 5 seconds is

2

(A)

10

2

(B)

50

2

(C)

5

(D) Cannot be calculated because area of cross-section of string is not given.

7. If at x = 2m and t = 2s, the particle is at y = 1mm and its velocity is in positive y-direction, then the

equation of this travelling wave is : (y is in mm, t is in seconds and x is in metres)

x x

(A) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 30°) (B) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 120°)

2 2

x

(C) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 150°) (D) None of these

2

PHYSICS Total Marks : 22

DPP No. 81 Max. Time : 22 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Three waves producing displacement in the same direction of same frequency and of amplitudes 10m, 4m

and 7 m arrive at a point with successive phase difference of / 2. The amplitude of the resultant wave is

(A) 2m (B) 7m (C) 5m (D) 1

2. A string fixed at both ends has consecutive standing wave modes for which the distances between adjacent

nodes are 18 cm and 16 cm respectively. The length of the string is -

(A) 144 cm (B) 152 cm (C) 176 cm (D) 200 cm

3. The sphere at P is given a downward velocity v 0 and swings in a vertical plane at the end of a rope of

= 1m attached to a support at O. The rope breaks at angle 30° from horizontal, knowing that it can

withstand a maximum tension equal to three times the weight of the sphere. Then the value of v 0 will be

:

(g = 2 m/s2 )

g 2g

(A) m/s (B) m/s

2 3

3g g

(C) m/s (D) m/s

2 3

Acceleration vector of particle remain constant. Then radius of curvature of

path of particle :

9

(A) is 9m initially (B) is m initially

3

9 3

(C) will have minimum value of m (D) will have minimum value m

8 8

COMPREHENSION

A van accelerates uniformly down an inclined hill going from rest to 30 m/s in 6 s. During the acceleration, a

toy of mass m = 0.1 kg hangs by a light string from the van's ceiling. The acceleration is such that string

remains perpendicular to the ceiling. (Take g = 10 m/s2)

5. The angle of the incline is :

(A) 30° (B) 60° (C) 90° (D) 45°

6. The tension in the string is

3

(A) 1.0 N (B) 0.5 N (C) N (D) 3N

2

7. The friction force on the van is

(A) Zero (B) mg cos (C) mg sin (D) mg tan

PHYSICS Total Marks : 23

DPP No. 82 Max. Time : 25 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. The particle displacement (in cm) in a stationary wave is given by y(x, t) = 2 sin (0.1 x) cos

(100 t). The distance between a node and the next antinode is :

(A) 2.5 cm (B) 7.5 cm (C) 5 cm (D) 10 cm

2. A string of length 1.5 m with its two ends clamped is vibrating in fundamental mode. Amplitude at the

centre of the string is 4 mm. Minimum distance between the two points having amplitude 2 mm is:

3. A string is fixed at both ends. The tension in the string and density of the string are accurately known

but the length and the radius of cross section of the string are known with some error. If maximum

errors made in the measurement of length and radius are 1% and 0.5% respectively then what is the

maximum possible percentage error in the calculation of fundamental frequency of that string.

4. A mass m1 lies on fixed, smooth cylinder. An ideal cord attached to m1 passes over the cylinder and is

connected to mass m2 as shown in the figure.

(a) Find the value of (shown in diagram) for which the system is in equilibrium

(b) Given m1 = 5 kg, m2 = 4kg . The system is released from rest when = 30º. Find the magnitude of

acceleration of mass m1 just after the system is released.

COMPREHENSION

Figure shows a clamped metal string of length 30 cm and linear mass density 0.1 kg/m. which is taut

at a tension of 40 N. A small rider (piece of paper) is placed on string at point P as shown. An external

vibrating tuning fork is brought near this string and oscillations of rider are carefully observed.

5. At which of the following frequencies of turning fork, rider will not vibrate at all :

100

(A) Hz (B) 50 Hz (C) 200 Hz (D) None of these

3

6. At which of the following frequencies the point P on string will have maximum oscillation amplitude

among all points on string :

200

(A) Hz (B) 100 Hz (C) 200 Hz (D) None of these

3

7. Now if the tension in the string is made 160 N, at which of the following frequencies of turning fork, rider

will not vibrate at all

100

(A) Hz (B) 50 Hz (C) 200 Hz (D) None of these

3

DPPS FILE # 135

PHYSICS Total Marks : 29

DPP No. 83 Max. Time : 32 min.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A loaded spring gun, initially at rest on a horizontal frictionless surface fires a marble of mass m at an

angle of elevation . The mass of the gun is M, that of the marble is m and the muzzle velocity of the

marble is v 0, then velocity of the gun just after the firing is :

m v0 m v 0 cos m v 0 cos m v 0 cos2

(A) (B) (C) (D)

M M Mm Mm

2. Equation of a standing wave is generally expressed as y = 2A sint coskx. In the equation, quantity /

k represents

(A) the transverse speed of the particles of the string.

(B) the speed of either of the component waves.

(C) the speed of the standing wave.

(D) a quantity that is independent of the properties of the string.

3. A string 1m long fixed at one end is made to oscillate by a 300Hz vibrator attached to its other end. The string

vibrates in 3 loops. The speed of transverse waves in the string is equal to

(A) 100 m/s (B) 200 m/s (C) 300 m/s (D) 400 m/s

(A) y1 = A sin2 (t kx); y2 = A sin2 (t + kx)

(B) y1 = A sin (kx t); y2 = A cos (t + kx)

(C) y1 = 2A cos2 (t kx + ); y2 = A [sin 2 (t + kx) 1]

(D) y1 = A sin (kx t + 30º); y2 = A cos (t + kx 60º).

5. The vibrations of a string of length 600 cm fixed at both ends are represented by the equation

x

y = 4 sin cos (96 t)

15

where x and y are in cm and t in seconds.

(A) The maximum displacement of a particle at x = 5 cm is 2 3 cm .

(B) The nodes located along the string are 15n where integer n varies from 0 to 40.

(C) The velocity of the particle at x = 7.5 cm at t = 0.25 sec is zero

(D) The equations of the component waves whose superposition gives the above wave are

x x

2 sin 2 48 t , 2 sin2 48t

30 30

6. In the figure shown calculate the angle of friction. The block does not slide. Take g = 10 m/s2.

7. Two blocks of masses 20 kg and 10 kg are kept or a rough horizontal floor. The coefficient of friction

between both blocks and floor is = 0.2. The surface of contact of both blocks are smooth. Horizontal

forces of magnitude 20 N and 60 N are applied on both the blocks as shown in figure. Match the

statement in column-I with the statements in column-II.

F1=20N

20kg 10kg F2=60N

left

=0.2 right

rough horizontal floor

Column-I Column-II

(A) Frictional force acting on block of mass 10 kg (p) has magnitude 20 N

(B) Frictional force acting on block of mass 20 kg (q) has magnitude 40 N

(C) Normal reaction exerted by 20 kg block on 10 kg block (r) is zero

(D) Net force on system consisting of 10 kg block (s) is towards right (in horizontal

and 20 kg block direction).

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 84 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Wave on a String, Center of Mass, Projectile Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 4]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. What is the minimum stopping distance for a vehicle of mass m moving with speed v along a level road.

If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is .

v2 2v 2 v2

(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these

2g g g

2. The (x, y) coordinates of the corners of a square plate are (0, 0) (L, 0) (L, L) and (0, L). The edges of the plate

are clamped & transverse standing waves are set up in it. If u (x, y) denotes the displacement of the plate at

the point (x, y) at some instant of time, the possible expression for 'u' is : [ a = positive constant]

x y x y

(A) a cos cos (B) a sin sin

2L 2 L L 2L

x 2 y 2 x y

(C) a sin sin (D) a cos sin

L L L L

3. A chord attached about an end to a vibrating fork divides it into 6 loops, when its tension is 36 N. The

tension at which it will vibrate in 4 loops is:

(A) 24 N (B) 36 N (C) 64 N (D) 81 N

4. A wire having a linear mass density 5.0 10 3 kg/m is stretched between two rigid supports with a

tension of 450 N. The wire resonates at a frequency of 420 Hz. The next higher frequency at which the

same wire resonates is 480 Hz. The length of the wire is

(A) 2.0 m (B) 2.1 m (C) 2.5 m (D) 3 m

5. Two men of masses 80 kg and 60 kg are standing on a wood plank of mass 100 kg, that has been

placed over a smooth surface. If both the men start moving toward each other with speeds 1 m/s and 2

m/s respectively then find the velocity of the plank by which it starts moving.

COMPREHENSION

An observer having a gun observes a remotely controlled balloon. When he first noticed the balloon, it

was at an altitude of 800 m and moving vertically upward at a constant velocity of 5m/s. The horizontal

displacement of balloon from the observer is 1600 m . Shells fired from the gun have an initial velocity

of 400 m/s at a fixed angle θ (sin θ = 3/5 and cos θ = 4/5). The observer having gun waits (for some

time after observing the balloon) and fires so as to destroy the balloon. Assume g = 10m/s2. Neglect air

resistance.

(A) 2sec (B) 5sec. (C) 10 sec (D) 15 sec

(A) 1250m (B) 1325m (C) 1075m (D) 1200m

8. After noticing the balloon, the time for which observer having gun waits before firing the shell is

(A) 50 sec. (B) 55 sec. (C) 60 sec. (D) 45 sec.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 25

DPP No. 85 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Friction, Wave on a String , Rigid Body Dynamics

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A block of mass 1kg is pushed on a movable wedge of mass 2kg and height h = 30 cm with a velocity

u = 6m/sec. Before striking the wedge it travels 2 m on a rough horizontal portion. Velocity is just

sufficient for the block to reach the top of the wedge. Assuming all surfaces are smooth except the

given horizontal part and collision of block and wedge is jerkless, the friction coefficient of the rough

horizontal part is :

2. With reference to the figure shown, if the coefficient of friction at the surfaces is 0.42, then the force

required to pull out the 6.0 kg block with an acceleration of 1.50 m/s2 will be:

3. A string of length ‘’ is fixed at both ends. It is vibrating in its 3rd overtone with maximum amplitude ‘a’. The

amplitude at a distance from one end is :

3

3a a

(A) a (B) 0 (C) (D)

2 2

4. What is the percentage change in the tension necessary in a sonometer of fixed length to produce a note

one octave lower (half of original frequency) than before

(A) 25% (B) 50% (C) 67% (D)75%

5. A rope, under tension of 200 N and fixed at both ends, oscillates in a second harmonic standing wave

x

pattern. The displacement of the rope is given by y = (0.10 m) sin 3 sin(12 t), where x = 0 at one end of

the rope, x is in meters and t is in seconds. Find the length of the rope in meters.

COMPREHENSION

A uniform bar of length 6 a & mass 8 m lies on a smooth horizontal

table. Two point masses m & 2 m moving in the same horizontal plane

with speeds 2 v andv respectively strike the bar as shown & stick to

the bar after collision.

6. Velocity of the centre of mass of the system is

v 2v

(A) (B) v (C) (D) Zero

2 3

7. Angular velocity of the rod about centre of mass of the system is

v v v v

(A) (B) (C) (D)

5a 15a 3a 10a

8. Total kinetic energy of the system, just after the collision is

3 3 3

(A) mv 2 (B) mv 2 (C) mv2 (D) 3 mv 2

5 25 15

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 86 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Simple Harmonic Motion, Sound Waves, Center of Mass, Circular motion, Kinetic Theory of

Gases & Heat

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15,15]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two pendulums differ in lengths by 22 cm. They oscillate at the same place so that one of them makes 30

oscillations and the other makes 36 oscillations during the same time.The lengths (in cm) of the pendulum

are :

(A) 72 and 50 (B) 60 and 38 (C) 50 and 28 (D) 80 and 58

2. Three waves of the same amplitude have frequencies (n – 1), n and (n + 1)Hz. They superpose on one

another to produce beats. The number of beats produced per second is :

(A) n (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 3n

3. A spherical ball of mass m1 collides head on with another ball of mass m2 at rest. The collision is elastic. The

fraction of kinetic energy lost by m1 is :

4m1m 2 m1 m2 m1m 2

(A) 2 (B) m m (C) m m (D)

(m1 m 2 ) 1 2 1 2 (m1 m 2 ) 2

4. Two equal masses are connected by a spring satisfying Hooke's law and are placed on a frictionless table.

The spring is elongated a little and allowed to go. Let the angular frequency of oscillations be . Now one of

the masses is stopped. The square of the new angular frequency is :

2 2

(A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 22

2 3

5. When a compressible wave is sent towards bottom of sea from a stationary ship it is observed that its echo

is heard after 2s. If bulk modulus of elasticity of water is 2 × 109 N/m2 , mean temperature of water is 4° and

mean density of water is 1000 kg/m3, then depth of sea will be

(A) 1014 m (B) 1414 m (C) 2828 m (D) 3000 m

972

6. The speed of sound in a mixture of n1 = 2 moles of He, n2 = 2 moles of H2 at temperature T = K is

5

25

× 10 m/s. Find . (Take R = J/mole-K)

3

Column-I Column-II

(A) A tight string is fixed at both ends and (p) At the middle, antinode is formed

sustaining standing wave in odd harmonic

(B) A tight string is fixed at one end and (q) At the middle, node is formed

free at the other end in even harmonic

(C) Standing wave is formed in an open organ (r) At the middle, neither node nor

pipe. End correction is not negligible. antinode is formed

(D) Standing wave is formed in a closed (s) Phase difference between SHMs of any

organ pipe. End correction is not negligible. two particles will be either or zero.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 87 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : String, Simple Harmonic Motion, Wave on a String, Rigid Body Dynamics, Sound Waves

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12,12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. When a particle oscillates in simple harmonic motion, both in potential energy and kinetic energy vary

sinusoidally with time. If be the frequency of the motion of the particle, the frequency associated with the

kinetic energy is :

v

(A) 4 v (B) 2 v (C) v (D)

2

2. Two elastic waves move along the same direction in the same medium. The pressure amplitudes of both the

waves are equal, but the wavelength of the first wave is three times that of the second. If the average power

transmitted through unit area by the first wave is W 1 and that by the second is W 2, then.

(A) W 1 = W 2 (B) W 1 = 3W 2 (C) W 2 = 3W 1 (D) W 1 = 9W 2

3. A spring of certain length and having spring constant k is cut into two pieces of lengths in a ratio 1 : 2. The

spring constants of the two pieces are in a ratio :

(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 4 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 2 : 1

(A) Intensity of the wave produced by a point source at any point is inversely proportional to square of the

distance from point source

(B) Power of the wave, produced by a point source, varies as inverse square of the distance from point source

(C) Intensity of the wave produced by line source at any point varies as inverse of the distance from line

source

(D) Amplitude of the wave produced by a point source at any point varies as inverse of the distance from point

source

5. The rate of change of angular momentum of a system of particles about the centre of mass is equal to the

sum of external torques about the centre of mass when the centre of mass is :

(A) Fixed with respect to an inertial frame.

(B) in linear acceleration

(C) in rotational motion.

(D) is in a translational motion.

6. A man standing in front of a mountain beats a drum at regular intervals. The druming rate is gradually

increased and he finds that the echo is not heard distinctly when the rate becomes 40 per minute.He then

moves towards mountain by 90 m and finds that echo is again not heard when drumming rate becomes 60

per minute. Find the ratio of distance between the mountain and the initial position of the man and the

distance by which he moved.

7. Match the column:

Column–I Column–II

sent from one end by a tuning fork and they are

reflected from a moving wall. Due to the

superposition of the incident waves and the

reflected waves.

y = A sin2(t – kx) + B cos2(kx – t)

+ C cos(kx + t) sin(t + kx)

(where A,B,C are constants and can have any value)

it is possible that

other end. The free end is hit once by a hammer

as shown. Then :

motion

x x

y = (1mm) sin100 t cos t

330 330

PHYSICS Total Marks : 23

DPP No. 88 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Sound Waves, Sound , Work, Power and Energy, Center of Mass

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. The frequency of a man’s voice is 300 Hz and its wavelength is 1 meter. If the wavelength of a child’s voice is

1.5 m, then the frequency of the child’s voice is:

(A) 200 Hz (B) 150 Hz (C) 400 Hz (D) 350 Hz.

To check its own velocity, the driver sends whistles twice at an intervel of 2 minutes. The sound moves

forward, gets reflected from the tunnel and again reaches to the driver. He listens two echoes of the sound,

at an intervel of 1 minute. If speed of sound is 300 m/sec, speed of the engine should be :

(A) 50 m/sec (B) 75 m/sec (C) 100 m/sec (D) 125 m/sec

3. The equation of displacement due to a sound wave is s = s0 sin2 ( t k x). If the bulk modulus of the medium

is B, then the equation of pressure variation due to that sound is

(A) B k s0 sin (2 t 2 k x) (B) B k s0 sin (2 t 2 k x)

2

(C) B k s0 cos ( t k x) (D) B k s0 cos2 ( t k x)

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

(A) an isothermal process

(B) an adiabatic process

(C) an isobaric process

(D) a process that does not exhibit properties close to any of the three given in (A),(B),(C)

6. A particle moves in one dimension in a conservation force field. The potential energy is depicted in the graph

below.

If the particle starts to move from rest from the point A, then

(A) the speed is zero at the point A and E.

(B) the acceleration vanished at the points A, B, C, D, E

(C) the acceleration vanished at the points B, C, D.

(D) the speed is maximum at the point D.

7. A railway carriage of mass Mc filled with sand of mass Ms moves along the rails. The carriage is given an

impulse and it starts with a velocity v 0. At the same time it is observed that the sand starts leaking through

a hole at the bottom of the carriage at a constant mass rate . Find the distance at which the carriage

becomes empty and the velocity attained by the carriage at that time. (Neglect the friction along the rails.)

PHYSICS Total Marks : 27

DPP No. 89 Max. Time : 30 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15,15]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

COMPREHENSION

ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

The property of a material body by virtue of which it regains its original configuration (i.e. shape and size)

when the external deforming force is removed is called elasticity. The property of the material body by virtue

of which it does not regain its original configuration when the external force is removed is called plasticity.

Deforming force : An external force applied to a body which changes its size or shape or both is called

deforming force.

Perfectly Elastic body : A body is said to be perfectly elastic if it completely regains its original form when

the deforming force is removed. Since no material can regain completely its original form so the concept of

perfectly elastic body is only an ideal concept. A quartz fiber is the nearest approach to the perfectly elastic

body.

Perfectly Plastic body : A body is said to be perfectly plastic if it does not regain its original form even

slightly when the deforming force is removed. Since every material partially regain its original form on the

removal of deforming force, so the concept of perfectly plastic body is only an ideal concept. Paraffin wax,

wet clay are the nearest approach to a perfectly plastic bodies.

Cause of Elasticity : In a solid, atoms and molecules are arranged in such a way that each molecule is

acted upon by the forces due to the neighbouring molecules. These forces are known as intermolecular

forces. When no deforming force is applied on the body, each molecule of the solid (i.e. body) is in its

equilibrium position and the inter molecular forces between the molecules of the solid are maximum.

On applying the deforming force on the body, the molecules either come closer or go far apart from each

other. As a result of this, the molecules are displaced from their equilibrium position. In other words,

intermolecular forces get changed and restoring forces are developed on the molecules. When the deforming

force is removed, these restoring forces bring the molecules of the solid to their respective equilibrium

positions and hence the solid (or the body) regains its original form.

STRESS

When deforming force is applied on the body then the equal restoring force in opposite direction is developed

inside the body. The restoring forces per unit area of the body is called stress.

restoring force F

stress = Area of the body A

The unit of stress is N/m2 or Nm–2. There are three types of stress

1. Longitudinal or Normal stress

When object is one dimensional then force acting per unit area is called longitudinal stress.

It is of two types : (a) compressive stress (b) tensile stress

Examples :

(i) Consider a block of solid as shown in figure. Let a force F be applied to the face which has area A. Resolve

F into two components :

Fn = F sin called normal force and Ft = F cos called tangential force.

Fn F sin

Normal (tensile) stress = =

A A

2. Tangential or shear stress

It is defined as the restoring force acting per unit area tangential to the surface of the body. Refer to shown in

figure above

Ft F cos

Tangential (shear) stress = =

A A

The effect of stress is to produce distortion or a change in size, volume and shape

(i.e. configuration of the body).

STRAIN

The ratio of the change in configuration (i.e. shape, length or volume) to the original configuration of the body

is called strain

change in configuration

i.e. Strain, =

original configuration

It has no unit

(i) Longitudinal strain : This type of strain is produced when the deforming force causes a change in length

of the body. It is defined as the ratio of the change in length to the original length of the body.

Consider a wire of length L : When the wire is stretched by a force F, then let the change in length of the wire

is L shown in the figure.

change in length L

Longitudinal strain , = or Longitudinal strain =

original length L

According to this law, within the elastic limit, stress is proportional to the strain.

i.e. stress strain

stress

or stress = constant × strain or = Modulus of Elasticity..

strain

This constant is called modulus of elasticity.

Thus, modulus of elasticity is defined as the ratio of the stress to the strain.

Modulus of elasticity depends on the nature of the material of the body and is independent of its dimensions

(i.e. length, volume etc.).

Unit : The Sl unit of modulus of elasticity is Nm–2 or Pascal (Pa).

1. Young's modulus of elasticity

It is defined as the ratio of the normal stress to the longitudinal strain.

Longitudin al stress

i.e. Young's modulus (Y) =

Longitudin al strain

Normal stress = F/A,

Longitudinal strain = L/L

F/ A FL F

Y= =

L / L AL AY

ELONGATION OF ROD UNDER IT’S SELF WEIGHT

Let rod is having self weight ‘W’, area of cross-section ‘A” and length ‘L’. Considering on element at a

distance ‘x’ from bottom.

W

then T x

L

T.dx

elongation in ‘dx’ element =

Ay

L L

Td x W xdy WL

Total elongation s

0

Ay

0

LAy

=

2Ay

Note : One can do directly by considering total weight at C.M. and using effective length /2.

Illus. 1. One end of a wire 2 m long and 0.2 m2 in cross-section is fixed in a ceiling and a load of 4.8 kg is attached

to the free end. Find the extension of the wire. Young’s modulus of steel = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2. Take g = 10 m/

s2 .

Sol. We have

stress T/A

Y= =

strain /L

with symbols having their usual meanings. The extension is

TL

=

AY

As the load is in equilibrium after the extension, the tension in the wire is equal to the weight of the load

= 4.8 kg × 10 m/s2 = 48 N.

(48 N) (2 m)

Thus, = 4

(0.2 10 m 2 ) (2.0 1011N / m 2 )

= 2.4 × 10–5 m.

llus. 2.

Find out longitudinal stress and tangential stress on a fixed block shown in figure when a tangential force of

100 N magnitude is applied on the block.

100 N

30º

1m

2m

5m

Sol. Longitudinal or normal stress l = = 5 N/m2

52

100 cos 30 º

Tangential stress t = = 5 3N / m2

52

Illus. 3. Two blocks of masses 1 kg and 2 kg are connected by a metal wire going over a smooth pulley as shown in

figure. The breaking stress of the metal is 2 × 109 N/m2. What should be the minimum radius of the wire used

if it is not to break? Take g = 10 m/s2

Tension

Sol. The stress in the wire = Area of cross sec tion . To avoid breaking, this stress should not exceed the

breaking stress.

Let the tension in the wire be T. The equations of motion of the two blocks are,

T – 10 N = (1 kg) a

and 20 N – T = (2 kg) a.

Eliminating a from these equations,

T = (40/3) N.

( 40 / 3)N

The stress = .

r 2

If the minimum radius needed to avoid breaking is r,

N ( 40 / 3) N

2 × 109 = .

m 2 r2

Solving this, r = 4.6 × 10–5 m.

llus. 4. A rod of 1.5 m length and uniform density 104 kg/m3 is rotating at an angular velocity 400 rad/sec. about its

one end in a horizontal plane. Find out elongation in rod.

Given y = 2 × 1011 N/m2

w=400rad/sec.

2r r = 0.1m

1.5m

m

m ( x ) [where m = total mass = A ]

2 x m x m 2 2

T = m x T ( – x) 2 T= ( – x2)

2 2 2

= 400 rod l x

1.5m 2 m 2 x

dm x 2

A B T+dT T T

x l-x l x

dx dx 2

m 2 Tdx

this tension will be maximum at A 2 and minimum at ‘B’ (zero), elongation in element of width ‘dx’ = Ay

Total elengation

Tdx m 2 ( 2 x 2 )

= Ay

0

2 Ay

dx

2

m 2 x3 m2 2 3 m2 2 A2 2

= 2Ay x

3 = 2Ay 3 3Ay 3 Ay

0

2 3 10 4 ( 400 ) (1.5)3

= = 9 × 10–3 m = 9mm

3y 3 2 1011

llus. 5. Find out the elongation in block. If mass, area of cross-section and young modulus of block are m, A and y

respectively.

Sol.

F m

Acceleration, a= then T = ma where m = x

m

m F Fx

T= x =

m

Tdx

Elongation in element ‘dx’ =

Ay

Tdx Fxdx F

total elongation, =

o

Ay d = A y

o

=

2Ay

Note : -

In this problem, if friction is given between block and surface (µ = friction coefficient), and

Case : () F < µmg

() F > µmg

F

Then in both cases answer will be total elongation =

2Ay

Now answer the follwing :

1. A wire alongates by 1.0 mm when a load W is hanged from it. If this wire goes over a pulley and two weights

W each are hung at the two ends, the elongation of the wire will be

(A) 0.5 m (B) 1.0 mm (C) 2.0 mm (D) 4.0 mm

2. The length of a metal wire is 1 when the tension in it is T1 and is 2 when the tension is T2. The natural

length of the wire is

1 2 1T2 2 T1 1T2 2 T1

(A) (B) 1 2 (C) T T (D) T T

2 2 1 2 1

3. A heavy mass is attached to a thin wire and is whirled in a vertical circle. The wire is most likely to break

(A) when the mass is at the highest point

(B) when the mass is at the lowest point

(C) when the wire is horizontal

(D) at an angle of cos–1 (1/3) from the upward vertical

4. Two wires of equal length and cross-section area suspended as shown in

figure. Thier Young's modulus are Y1 and Y2 respectively. The equivalent

Young's modulus will be

Y1 Y2 Y1Y2

(A) Y1 + Y2 (B) (C) Y Y (D) Y1 Y2

2 1 2

5. A steel wire and a copper wire of equal length and equal cross-sectional area are joined end to end and the

combination is subjected to a tension. Find the ratio of (a) the stresses developed in the two wires and (b)

the strains developed. Y of steel = 2 × 1011 N/m2. Y of copper = 1.3 × 1011 N/m2.

6. A steel rod of cross-sectional area 4 cm2 and length 2 m shrinks by 0.1 cm as the temperature decreases

in night. If the rod is clamped at both ends during the day hours, find the tension developed in it during night

hours. Young’s modulus of steel = 1.9 × 1011 N/m2.

7. Consider the situation shown in figure. The force F is equal to the m2g/2.

If the area of cross-section of the string is A and its Young’s modulus Y,

find the strain

developed in it. The string is light and there is no friction anywhere.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 28

DPP No. 90 Max. Time : 31 min.

Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12,12]

Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q. 7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

COMPREHENSION

VARIATION OF STRAIN WITH STRESS

When a wire is stretched by a load, it is seen that for small value of load, the extension produced in the wire

is proportional to the load. On removing the load, the wire returns to its original length. The wire regains its

original dimensions only when load applied is less or equal to a certain limit. This limit is called elastic limit.

Thus, elastic limit is the maximum stress on whose removal, the bodies regain their original dimensions. In

shown figure, this type of behavior is represented by OB portion of the graph. Till A the stress is proportional

to strain and from A to B if deforming forces are removed then the wire comes to its original length but here

stress is not proportional to strain.

C D

B E OA Limit of Proportionality

OB Elastic limit

A

Strees

C Yield Point

CD Plastic behaviour

D Ultimate point

O Strain DE Fracture

As we go beyond the point B, then even for a very small increase in stress, the strain produced is very large.

This type of behaviour is observed around point C and at this stage the wire begins to flow like a viscous fluid.

The point C is called yield point. If the stress is further increased, then the wire breaks off at a point D called

the breaking point. The stress corresponding to this point is called breaking stress or tensile strength of the

material of the wire. A material for which the plastic range CD is relatively high is called ductile material.

These materials get permanently deformed before breaking. The materials for which plastic range is relatively

small are called brittle materials. These materials break as soon as elastic limit is crossed.

Analogy of Rod as a spring

stress F

y= y=

strain A

Ay

or F=

Ay

= constant, depends on type of material and geometry of rod. F = k

Ay

where k = = equivalent spring constant.

for the system of rods shown in figure (a), the replaced spring system is shown in figure (b) two spring in

series]. Figure (c) represents equivalent spring system.

Figure (d) represents another combination of rods and their replaced spring system.

llus. 1.

A mass ‘m’ is attached with rods as shown in figure. This mass is slightly stretched and released whether

the motion of mass is S.H.M., if yes then find out the time period.

k1k 2 m m(k1 k 2 )

Sol. keq = k k T = 2 k eq = 2 k1k 2

1 2

A1y1 A 2y2

where k1 = 1

and k2 = 2

ELASTIC POTENTIAL ENERGY STORED IN A STRETCHED WIRE OR IN A ROD

Strain energy stored in equivalent spring

1 2

U= kx

2

2 2 2

F Ay 1 Ay F 1 F

where x = Ay , k= U= 2 2 = .

2 A y 2 Ay

equation can be re-arranged

1 F2 A

U= 2

× y [A = volume of rod, F/A = stress]

2 A

1 (stress )2

U= × volume

2 y

1 F F F

again, U= × Ay × A [ Strain = Ay ]

2 A

1

U= stress × strain × volume

2

2

1 F

again, U= 2 2 Ay

2 A y

1

U = y (strain)2 × volume

2

strain energy 1 (stress )2 1 1

strain energy density = = y(strain)2 = stress × strain

volume 2 y 2 2

llus. 2.

A ball of mass ‘m’ drops from a height ‘h’, which sticks to hanger after

striking. Neglect over turning, find out the maximum extension in rod.

Asumme rod and hanger is massless.

Sol. Applying energy conservation

1 k1k 2 x 2

mg (h + x ) =

2 k1 k 2

A1y1 A 2y2

where k1 = 1

k2 = 2

A 1A 2 y1y 2

& K eq

A1y1 2 A 2 y1 1

keqx2 – 2mgx – 2mgh = 0

x= xmax =

2k eq k eq k 2eq k eq

BY S.H.M.

k eq

w v = a2 y2 keq

m

keq 2 2mgh m 2 g2

2gh = a y 2 2 =a mg 2gh

m k eq k eq y =k

eq

equilibrium

a position

mg m 2 g2 2mgh

maxm extension =a+y= k +

eq k eq k eq

1. If x longitudinal strain is produced in a wire of Young’s modulus y, then energy stored in the material of the

wire per unit volume is :

(A) yx2 (B) 2 yx2 (C) ½ y2x (D) ½ yx2

2*. A metal wire of length L is suspended vertically from a rigid support. When a bob of mass M is attached to

the lower end of wire, the elongation of the wire is :

(A) The loss in gravitational potential energy of mass M is Mg

(B) The elastic potential energy stored in the wire is Mg

1

(C) The elastic potential energy stored in the wire is Mg

2

1

(D) Heat produced is loss of mechanical energy of system is Mg

2

3*. A metal wire of length L area of cross-section A and Young’s modulus Y is stretched by a variable force F

such that F is always slightly greater than the elastic force of resistance in the wire. When the elongation

of the wire is :

YA 2

(A) the work done by F is

L

YA 2

(B) the work done by F is

2L

YA 2

(C) the elastic potential energy stored in the wire is

2L

(D) heat is produced during the elongation

4. Two wires of the same material and length but diameter in the ratio 1 : 2 are stretched by the same force.

The ratio of potential energy per unit volume for the two wires when stretched will be :

(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 4 : 1 (D) 16 : 1

5. The workdone in increasing the length of a one metre long wire of cross-sectional area 1 mm2 through 1 mm

will be (Y = 2 x 1011 Nm–2) :

(A) 0.1 J (B) 5 J (C) 10 J (D) 250 J

6. One end of a long metallic wire of length L is tied to the ceiling. The other end is tied to a massless spring

of spring constant k. A mass m hangs freely from the free end of the spring. The area of cross-section and

the Young modulus of the wire are A and Y respectively. If the mass is slightly pulled down and released, it

will oscillate with a time period T equal to :

m m (Y A k L )

(A) 2 (B) 2

k YAk

m YA mL

(C) 2 (D) 2

kL YA

7. In the figure shown the strain versus stress graph for two values of young's modulus?

(ii) Which material is more brittle? Explain.

(iii) Which material is stronger? Explain.

PHYSICS Total Marks : 9

DPP No. 91 Max. Time : 9 min.

Topic : Viscosity

Type of Questions M.M., Min.

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

COMPREHENSION

VISCOSITY

When a solid body slides over another solid body, a frictional-force begins to act between them. This force

opposes the relative motion of the bodies. Similarly, when a layer of a liquid slides over another layer of the

same liquid, a frictional-force acts between them which opposes the relative motion between the layers. This

force is called 'internal frictional-force'.

Suppose a liquid is flowing in streamlined motion on a fixed horizontal surface AB (Fig.). The layer of the

liquid which is in contact with the surface is at rest due to adhesive forces between the liquid and the surface,

while the velocity of other layers increases with distance from the fixed surface. In the Fig., the lengths of the

arrows represent the increasing velocity of the layers. Thus there is a relative motion between adjacent

layers of the liquid. Let us consider three parallel layers a, b and c. Their velocities are in the increasing order.

The layer a tends to retard the layer b, while b tends to retard c.

Thus each layer tends to decrease the velocity of the layer above it. Similarly, each layer tends to increase

the velocity of the layer below it. This means that in between any two layers of the liquid, internal tangential

forces act which try to destroy the relative motion between the layers. These forces are called 'viscous

forces'. If the flow of the liquid is to be maintained, an external force must be applied to overcome the

dragging viscous forces. In the absence of the external force, the viscous forces would soon bring the liquid

to rest. The property of the liquid by virtue of which it opposes the relative motion between its

adjacent layers is known as 'viscosity’.

Maximum Velocity Layer

c

b

a

The property of viscosity is seen in the following examples :

A B

Zero Horizontal

Velocity Layer Plane

(i) A stirred liquid, when left, comes to rest on account of viscosity. Thicker liquids like honey, coaltar,

glycerine, etc. have a larger viscosity than thinner ones like water. If we pour coaltar and water on a

table, the coaltar will stop soon while the water will flow upto quite a large distance.

(ii) If we pour water and honey in separate funnels, water comes out readily from the hole in the funnel

while honey takes enough time to do so. This is because honey is much more viscous than water.

As honey tends to flow down under gravity, the relative motion between its layers is opposed strongly.

(iii) We can walk fast in air, but not in water. The reason is again viscosity which is very small for air but

comparatively much larger for water.

Viscosity comes into play only when there is a relative motion between the layers of the same

material. This is why it does not act in solids.

VELOCITY GRADIENT AND COEFFICIENT OF VISCOSITY

The property of a liquid by virtue of which an opposing force (internal friction) comes into play whenever there

is a relative motion between the different layers of the liquid is called viscosity. Consider a flow of a liquid over

the horizontal solid surface as shown in fig. Let us consider two layers AB and CD moving with velocities

v and v + d v at a distance x and (x + dx) respectively from the fixed solid surface.

According to Newton, the viscous drag or back ward force (F) between these layers depends.

(i) directly proportional to the area (A) of the layer and (ii) directly proportional to the velocity gradient

dv

between the layers.

dx

dv dv

i.e. F A or F A ...(1)

dx dx

is called Coefficient of viscosity. Negative sign shows that

the direction of viscous drag (F) is just opposite to the direction of

the motion of the liquid.

SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VISCOSITY AND SOLID FRICTION

Similarities

Viscosity and solid friction are similar as

1. Both oppose relative motion. Whereas viscosity opposes the relative motion between two adjacent liquid

layers, solid friction opposes the relative motion between two solid layers.

2. Both come into play, whenever there is relative motion between layers of liquid or solid surfaces as the case

may be.

3. Both are due to molecular attractions.

Differences between them

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

Viscosity Solid Friction

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

(i) Viscosity (or viscous drag) between layers of (i) Friction between two solids is independent of

liquid is directly proportional to the area of the area of solid surfaces in contact.

the liquid layers.

(ii) Viscous drag is proportional to the relative (ii) Friction is independent of the relative

velocity between two layers of liquid. velocity between two surfaces.

(iii) Viscous drag is independent of normal (iii) Friction is directly proportional to the

reaction between two layers of liquid. normal reaction between two surfaces in

contact.

–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––

EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON THE VISCOSITY

The viscosity of liquids decrease with increase in temperature and increase with the decrease in temperature.

1

That is, . On the other hand, the value of viscosity of gases increases with the increase in temperature

T

and vice-versa. That is, T (This takes into account the diffusion of the gases).

SOME APPLICATIONS OF VISCOSITY

Knowledge of viscosity of various liquids and gases have been put to use in daily life. Some applications of

its knowledge are discussed as under

1. As the viscosity of liquids vary with temperature, proper choice of lubricant is made depending upon season.

Coaltar used for making of roads is heated to reduce its viscosity so that it can be easily laid on the road.

2. Liquids of high viscosity are used in shock absorbers and buffers at railway stations.

3. The phenomenon of viscosity of air and liquid is used to damp the motion of some instruments like galvanometer

UNITS OF COEFFICIENT OF VISCOSITY

F

From the above formula, we have

A( v x / z )

[MLT 2 ] [MLT 2 ]

dimensions of = [ML1T 1 ]

[L2 ][LT 1 / L] [L2 T 1 ]

Its unit is kg/(meter-second)

In C.G.S. system, the unit of coefficient of viscosity is dyne s cm –2 and is called poise. In SI the unit of

coefficient of viscosity is N sm–2 and is called decapoise.

1 decapoise = 1 N sm–2 = (105 dyne) × s × (102 cm)–2 = 10 dyne s cm–2 = 10 poise

llus. 1.

A man is rowing a boat of mass m with a constant velocity ‘v 0’ in a river the contact area of boat is ‘A’ and

coefficient of viscosity is . The depth of river is ‘D’. Find the force required to row the boat. Assume that

velocity gradient is constant.

Sol. Fext – FV = m ares ares

Base

As boat moves with constant velocity ares = 0 Area A Fext

Fext = FV v0

FV

dv dv v 0 v D

But FV = A , but = 0 = 0

dz dz D D

Av 0

then Fext = FV =

D

llus. 2.

A cubical block (of side 2m) of mass20 kg slides on inclined plane lubricated with

the oil of viscosity = 10–1 poise with constant velocity of 10 m/sec. (g = 10 m/

sec2)

find out the thickness of layer of liquid. (10–1 poise = 10–2 Nsm2)

dv dv v

Sol. F = F = A = mg sin =

dz dz h

10

20 × 10 × sin 30° = × 4 ×

h

40 10 2

h= – [ = 10–1 poise = 10–2 N-sec-m–2 ]

100

= 4 × 10–3 m = 4 mm

Now Answer the questions below :

1. A metal square plate of 10 cm side rests on a 2 mm thick caster oil layer. Calculate the horizontal force

needed to move the plate with speed 3 cm s–1 : (Coefficient of viscosity of caster oil is 15 poise.)

(A) 2.25 × 10–2 N (B*) 2.25 × 10–1 N (C) 2.25 × 10–3 N (D) 2.25 × 10–4 N

2. A man starts rowing his stationary cuboidal boat of base area A = 10m2. The driving force on the boat due to

rowing is 100 N in the direction of motion. Find the maximum velocity that the boat can achieve. Also find the

time in which he will attain half of this maximum velocity. [Take coefficient of viscosity of water = 15 poise]

The depth of the lake is 10 m and the combined mass of man and the boat to be 150 kg. (u = 0, velocity

gradient uniform)

3. As per the shown figure the central solid cylinder starts with initial angular velocity 0. Find out the time after

which the angular velocity becomes half. (Velocity gradient uniform)

PHYSICS Total Marks : 9

DPP No. 92 Max. Time : 9 min.

Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

COMPREHENSION

STOKES' LAW

Stokes proved that the viscous drag (F) on a spherical body of radius r moving with relative velocity v in a

fluid of viscosity is given by F = 6 r v. This force is opposite to relative velocity. This is called Stokes’ law.

The work done by the force is negative and it dissipates in the form of heat.

TERMINAL VELOCITY

When a body is dropped in a viscous fluid, it first accelerates and then its acceleration becomes zero and it

attains a constant velocity called terminal velocity.

Let us consider a small ball, whose radius is r and density is , falling freely in a liquid (or gas) whose density

is and coefficient of viscosity . When it attains a terminal velocity v. It is subjected to two forces :

4 3

= V (–) g = r ( – )g, v

3

(ii) viscous force acting upward = 6 rv..

4/3r3 (–) g

Since the ball is moving with a constant velocity v i.e., there is no acceleration in it, the net force acting on

it must be zero. That is

4 2 r 2 ( )g

6 rv = p r3 ( – ) g or v=

3 9

Thus, terminal velocity of the ball is directly proportional to the square of its radius

Important point

Air bubble in water always goes up. It is because density of air () is less than the density of water (). So

the terminal velocity for air bubble is Negative, which implies that the air bubble will go up. Positive terminal

velocity means the body will fall down.

Applications of Stokes' Formula

(i) In determining the Electronic Charge by Millikan's Experiment : Stokes' formula is used in

Millikan's method for determining the electronic charge. In this method the formula is applied for

finding out the radii of small oil-drops by measuring their terminal velocity in air.

(ii) Velocity of Rain Drops : Rain drops are formed by the condensation of water vapour on dust

particles. When they fall under gravity, their motion is opposed by the viscous drag in air. As the

velocity of their fall increases, the viscous drag also increases and finally becomes equal to the

effective force of gravity. The drops then attain a (constant) terminal velocity which is directly propor-

tional to the square of the radius of the drops. In the beginning the raindrops are very small in size

and so they fall with such a small velocity that they appear floating in the sky as cloud. As they grow

in size by further condensation, then they reach the earth with appreciable velocity,

(iii) Parachute : When a soldier with a parachute jumps from a flying

aeroplane, he descends very slowly in air.

In the beginning the soldier falls with gravity acceleration g, but soon the acceleration goes on decreasing

rapidly until in parachute is fully opened. Therefore, in the beginning the speed of the falling soldier increases

somewhat rapidly but then very slowly. Due to the viscosity of air the acceleration of the soldier becomes

ultimately zero and the soldier then falls with a constant terminal speed. In Fig graph is shown between the

speed of the falling soldier and time.

llus. 1. A spherical ball is moving with terminal velocity inside a liquid. Determine the relationship of rate of heat loss

with the radius of ball. 2

2 gr 2 (0 )

Sol. Rate of heat loss = power = F × v = 6 r v × v = 6 r v = 6p r

2

9

Rate of heat loss r5

llus. 2. A drop of water of radius 0.0015 mm is falling in air. If the coefficient of viscosity of air is

1.8 × 10–5 kg /(m-s), what will be the terminal velocity of the drop? (density of water = 1.0 × 103 kg/m2 and g

= 9.8 N/kg.) Density of air can be neglected.

Sol. By Stokes' law , the terminal velocity of a water drop of radius r is given by

2 r 2 ( ) g

=

9

where is the density of water, is the density of air and the coefficient of viscosity of air. Here is neg-

ligible and r = 0.0015 mm = 1.5 × 10–3 mm = 1.5 × 10–6 m. Substituting the values :

= × = 2.72 × 10–4 m/s

9 1.8 10 5

Now answer the follwing :

1. A ball bearing of radius of 3 mm made of iron of density 7.85 g cm–3 is allowed to fall through a long column

of glycerine of density 1.25 g cm–3. It is found to attain a terminal velocity of 2.20 cm s–1. Determine the

viscosity of glycerine in centipoise. (Take g = 10 m/s2)

2. An air bubble of 1 cm radius is rising at a steady rate of 0.5 cm s–1 through a liquid of density 0.81 gcm–3.

Calculate the coefficient of viscosity of the liquid. Neglect the density of air.(Take g = 10 m/s2)

3. A metallic sphere of radius 1.0 × 10–3 m and density 1.0 × 104 kg/m3 enters a tank of water, after a free fall

through a distance of h in the earth’s gravitational field. If its velocity remains unchanged after entering water,

determine the value of h. Given : coefficient of viscosity of water = 1.0 × 10–3 N-s/m2, g = 10 m/s2 and density of water

= 1.0 × 103 kg/m3.

DPP NO. - 1 DPP NO. - 8

1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (A) 1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (D)

5. (C) 6. (ABD) 7. (B) 8. (B) 6. (B,D,E) 7. 4 units 8. (A) 9. (B)

9. (D) 10. (C) 10. (B)

1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. 4x 3 + 6x 1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (C)

6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (B) 9. (A), (B), (C)

2 dy 1 3 10. (5, 10)

5. 5 + 21x 2 6. 7. = 1 + 2x – 2 4 .

5 dx x x

2

DPP NO. - 10

dy

8. = 2x – 3 . 9. (B) 10. (A) 1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (A)

dx x

6. (A,B,C) 7. (A,B,C) 8. 10 cm s–1

DPP NO. - 3

DPP NO. - 11

1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (B)

1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (D)

6. (A) 7. (B)

6. (C,D) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (D)

dy 18 32

8. = 8(2x +3)3 – 14(7x – 1)– . DPP NO. - 12

dx (3x 1)4 (4 x 3)3

1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C)

9. (A) 10. (B) 6. (C) 7. 212.5 m. 8. Only graph (iii) is possible.

1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (B) 1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C)

5. (B) 6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (A), (B) 6. (B) 7. (B) 8. (B)

c2

9. 10. sin 4x + C DPP NO. - 14

4

1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (D)

DPP NO. - 5 6. (A) 7. (B)(C) 8. (A,B,D) 9. (A,B)

1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (A) 10. 26 m.

5. 12250 m 6. 4x3 + 6x2 + C

7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (B) DPP NO. - 15

1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (D) 5. (D)

DPP NO. - 6 6. (D) 7. (A) 8. (B)

1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (D)

DPP NO. - 16

3

1 (2t 4)

5. cos4t + t 2 + C. 6. = – +C 1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (D) 5. (B)

4 6

6. (C) 7. 9

1 125

7. log (6t – 1) + C 8. (A) 9. (A) 8. h = m above point of projection

6 3

10. (A) 11. (C) 9. (A) r (B) p (C) s (D) q

1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. 5 1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (B)

6. 2 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (B)

6. (A) 7. (A), (B) 8. ( ) 9. ( ).

DPP NO. - 18 DPP NO. - 27

1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (A) 1. (D) 2. (A) (B) (D) 3. 0.5 sec.

5. (A),(D) 6. (B), (D) 7. 0.5 m/s. 4. (C) 5. (C) 6. (A)

8. (A) s (B) p (C) r (D) q

DPP NO. - 28

DPP NO. - 19

1._ (C) 2._ (A) 3. (B) 4. (B)

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (A) (B) (C) (D) 6. (A) (B) (C)

5. t = (loge2) sec 6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (C) 2mg

7. (a) T = mg, x = ;

K

DPP NO. - 20

mg

1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (A) 5. (D) (b) T1 = mg , T2 = 2mg, x = ;

K

2 mg

6. (B) 7. t = 8. 52 m (c) T1 = mg, T2 = 2mg, x = ;

a K

2mg

; (e) T = 2mg, x =

mg

K K

1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (A)

6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (C)

DPP NO. - 29

DPP NO. - 22

1. (A) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. =

1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (A) 4

6. (C) 7. (A), (B), (C) 8. (B), (C) 5. (i) yes (ii) depends upon path (iii) yes (iv) no

(v) limiting friction needs to be overcome to make

body move

DPP NO. - 23 (vi) N is larger

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (A) 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B)

6. (A,D)

, DPP NO. - 30

DPP NO. - 24 1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (B) 5. (A)

6. (B) 7. (C)

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (A)

6. (D) 7. (i) False (ii) True DPP NO. - 31

8. (i) 24 N (ii) 108 N

1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (B)

DPP NO. - 25 6. (E) 7. (A)(D)

m1 m 2 g sin( ) 1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (C)

4. (A) 5. T = m cos m cos 6. (A) 6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (A) (B)

1 2

DPP NO. - 26 1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (A) (D)

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (A) 5. (C)

5. (B) (D) 6. (B)(D) 7. (a) t = 4 3g

mg

6. (A) (B) (D) 7. F = 2

m

1 2 5

m M (b) SA = 4V 3g 3 , SB = 4V 3g 3 ,

d 1

8. =

dt 1 t2

8. (a) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g

(b) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g

DPP NO. - 41

(c) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g 1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (B)

4. (A) 5. (B) 6. (B)

DPP NO. - 34 7. (A), (D) 8. (D) 9. (A)

10. (C)

1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (D)

5.(B), (C), (D) 6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (B)

DPP NO. - 42

DPP NO. - 35 1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (B)

1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. 2 sec. 4. (B) 5. (D) 6. (B)

5. 5 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B)

2 R

7. (a) (– 3 î + 4 ĵ ) m/s2

DPP NO. - 36 20T2

5.(A) (D) (b) m/s2

2 T2

6. (10 î 10k̂ ) rain appears to come 45° with î

DPP NO. - 43

7. (B) 8. (D)

1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (C)

DPP NO. - 37

48

1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (A) 4. (C) 5. 20 m 6. u = g

5

g 2 7. (A) 8. (A) 9. (C)

6. (A), (B), (D) 7. w = a 2 (M / m) 10. (A) 11. (A)

8. x = [3(a – mg)/b]½ DPP NO. - 44

DPP NO. - 38 1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (D)

4. (D) 5. (A) (B) (C)

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A), (C) 4. 10m/s.

6. (D) 7. (C) 8. (A)

5. 27 N 6. (A) 7. (A) 8. (A)

9. (A) s (B) q (C) r (D) p

2

a

1. (A) 2. – 1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (A)

2

4. (C) 5. (B) 6. (B)

3. wOAC = 8 J, wOBC = 2 J; wODC = 19/3 J, No

7. A = mg (h + k ) 8. (B)

4. (A) 5. (B) 6. (C)

9. (A) 10. (D)

7. (A) s (B) r (C) r (D) r

DPP NO. - 46

DPP NO. - 40 1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (A)

1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. 140 N. 6. (1/7, 23/14)

7. (A) p,q (B) r, s (C) p,q,s (D) p,q,s

4. (A) (C) 5. (i) 10 3 î 5 ĵ ,

DPP NO. - 47

1 3

(ii) cos 2 1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (B)

13

40

6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (C) 4. (D) 5. sec. 6. 300

7

7. (A) r (B) q,s (C) p (D) q,r 8. (B)

DPP NO. - 48 DPP NO. - 56

1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (A) 1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (B)

4. F = 2mg 5. (A) 6. (A) 5. (A), (C) 6. (A), (C) 7. (C)

7. (B) 8. (A) q,r (B) p,s (C) p,s (D) p,s DPP NO. - 57

DPP NO. - 49 1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C)

5. (B), (C), (D) 6. (A), (D)

1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (C)

4. (A), (B) 5. (A), (C) mg r

7. T = 2

1/ 3

R r2

2

K mg

6. (a) 5k > 4s , (b) x=

K DPP NO. - 58

7. (A), (D) 8. (B) 9. (C), (D) 1. (D) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (A)

1

mR2

4

1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B)

2

4. (A) 5. (A) 6. (B) 1 4R

7. (B) 8. (C) 9. (C) (b) CD = mR2 – m by parallel axis Theorem

2 3

6. cos–1 3 7. 13 3 Ans.

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (C)

4 (D) 5. (A) 6. (B) 57

7. R/3 8. (A) q (B) q (C) r (D) q 8. = MR2 9. (D)

140

1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (B)

4. (C) 5. (A), (C) 6. (A), (B), (C) 2mg MgL

5. T = 6. (B) 7. (C)

1 2L sin

7. k x02

4 8. (D)

1. (C) 2. (B), (C) 3. (A), (B), (C) 1. (A) 2. (A,B,D) 3. (B,D) 4. 13

5. (a) T = 225N, (b) F X = 225N, F Y = 300N

13 mv 2

4. 5. 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B)

4 3

6. (A) p (B) q (C) q, s (D) r

DPP NO. - 61

DPP NO. - 54 1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (C)

5. (2,0) 6. 7. (B) 8. (B)

4. Kinetic energy of m1 > initial mechanical energy of 2

system 9. (A)

5. 5 cm 6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (C)

DPP NO. - 62

DPP NO. - 55

mg mg

1. (B) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C) 1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4.(a) 2 k (b)

2

6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B)

5. (B) 6. (D) 7. (C)

8. A – s , B – p, C – q , D – r

DPP NO. - 63 DPP NO. - 70

1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B)(C)(D) 1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (C)

6. (A) 7. (A) (B) (C) (D)

5

4. (a) VP = V (b) V cosec

4

DPP NO. - 71

9g 4w

5. (a) (b) 6. (C) 7. (D)

7 7 1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (C)

8. (B) T

6. (A)(B) (C) 7. 2 8.

24

DPP NO. - 64

DPP NO. - 72

1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (A) (B) (C) (D)

4. 36 5. 48 N 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B) 1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (A) (B) (C) 4. (A) (B) (C)

5. (B) 6. (A) 7. (A)

1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (A)(B) (C)(D)

T

20 2g 1. (C) 2. (A) 3. 0 4. 5. (B)

5. a = or 6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (B) 24

7 7

6. (B) 7. (B)

DPP NO. - 66

DPP NO. - 74

1. (B) 2. (D) 3. (A)(B)(D) 4. 0 = 2/5

1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (B) (C) 4. (A) (B) (C)

5. (C) 6. (B) 7. (B)

10 25 25

5. 8 6. (a) Hz (b) cm (c) N , 91.7 N.

DPP NO. - 67 6 3

NL 2mg 1 k M m ab

1. (E) 2. 3. (C) 4. (B) 7. (a) K ; (b) (c)

4 ba 2 M m ba m

5. (D) 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (C)

9. (B) 10. (C) DPP NO. - 75

DPP NO. - 68 1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (D)

6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (B)

1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (A), (B), (D)

5. (A), (B), (C) DPP NO. - 76

6. Since torque is not balanced, it will topple.

7. 300rad/sec., 150 rad/sec 1. (C) 2. (A) (B) (C) (D) 3. (C) (D)

4. (A) (B) (C) (D) 5. 3 6. (D)

DPP NO. - 69 7. (B) 8. (B)

4. (a) 2g[R(1 cos ) sin ] 1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (B)(D) 5. 5

m2

6. 3 7. =3 8. (a) 6m, 0.25 Hz, 1.5m/s

(b) 6 mg 1 cos sin m1

R

(c) The radius through the particle makes an angle (b) 1.5 mm/s,0.752 mm/s (c)

cos–1 (2/3) with the vertical 5. 50/3 sec.

6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (A)

DPP NO. - 78 DPP NO. - 86

1. (C) 2. (A) 3. Acceleration = 0 1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (B) 5. (B)

4. (A) 5. (C) 6. (B) 6. 90 7. (A) p,q,s (B) r,s (C) s (D) r,s

7. (A) – p ; (B) – r, s, t ; (C) – r, s, t ; (D) – r, s, t

DPP NO. - 87

DPP NO. - 79

1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (D) 4. (B)

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (D) 4. 8 5. (B) 5. (A) (B) (C) (D) 6. 3

6. (C) 7. (D) 7. (A) – r ; (B) – p,q,s ; (C) – p ; (D) – r, p

1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (B)

2 Ms

2 1 h 6. (A)(C) 7. v = v 0 , S = V0

4. V = mgh – K µmgh cot

m 2 sin

5. (B) 6. (C) 7. (D)

DPP NO. - 89

1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B)

DPP NO. - 81

strain in copper wire 20

1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (A) (C) 5. (a) 1 (b) =

strain in steel wire 13

5. (A) 6. (C) 7. (A)

m 2 g (2m1 m 2 )

6. 3.8 × 104 N 7.

DPP NO. - 82 2AY(m1 m 2 )

m2 DPP NO. - 90

1. (C) 2. (A) 3. 1.5% 4. sin = m

1

1. (D) 2. (A) (C) (D) 3.(B) (C)

15 4. (D) 5. (A) 6. (B)

(b) m/s2 5. (C) 6. (D) 7. (C) 7. (i) A(from comprehension)

9

(ii) B (from comprehension)

DPP NO. - 83 (iii) A (A can bear more stress than B before fracture)

1 DPP NO. - 91

5. (A) (B) (C) (D) 6. = tan–1

2

200

7. (A) p,s (B) p,s (C) q,s (D) r 1. (B) 2. m/s, t = 100 n2 seconds

3

DPP NO. - 84 m (R 2 R1 )n2

3. t= 4 R1

1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (C)

1 DPP NO. - 92

5. m/sec. 6. (B) 7. (C)

6

8. (A) 1. 6000 2. 360 poise 3. 20 m

DPP NO. - 85

1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (D)

5. 06 m 6. (D) 7. (A)

dy

DPP NO. - 1 3. y = – 2/3 x + 5/3

dx

= – 2/3

3 Alter : y = mx + c

1. sin 300º = sin (360 – 60) = – sin 60º = (slope) m = –2/3

2

dy

1 4. y = x 4 + 3x 2 + + 2 ; = 4x 3 + 6x

sin 30 º dx

3. sin 15º cos 15º = =

2 4

3 3 9 dy

4. sin 37° × cos 53° = = 5. y = 4 + 5x + 7x 3 ; = 5 + 21x 2

5 5 25 dx

1 2 2 2 7 dy 2

6. y = x+ =

5. cos = 1 sin 2 = 1 = 5 5 dx 5

9 3

7. y = x x ; = 1 + 2x – .

x x3 dx x2 x4

1 2

7. S = ut + at

2 1 dy 2

8. y = x 2 + 2 . = 2x – 3

x dx x

1

S = 0 + x2(10)2 = 100 m

2 1 2

9. S = ut + at

2

8. v = u + at

v = 0 + 2 x 10 dS 1

v= = u + a × 2t = u + at

dt 2

= 20 m/s.

dv

9. v = u 10. =a

dt

v = o m/s

10. v 2 = u2 + 2as

DPP NO. - 3

(10)2 = 0 + 2 × 5 × s 1. y = sin x + nx 2 + e2x

s = 10 m

dy 2x

= cos x + 2 + 2e2x

dx x

DPP NO. - 2

2

= cos x + + 2e2x

1. y = x 3 + 2x 2 + 7x + 8 x

2. y = ex . cot x

dy

= 3x 2 + 4x + 7

dx dy d d

= ex (cot x) + cot x (ex)

dx dx dx

2. y = 2x 2 + 3x = ex (–cosec2x) + cotx ex

= ex [cotx – cosec 2x]

dy

= 4x + 3

dx

3. y = x nx 2 4

8. y = (2x +3 ) 4 – (7x –1)2 + 3 +

(3 x 1) ( 4x 3) 2

dy d d

=x nx + nx (x)

dx dx dx dy

= = 4(2x + 3)3 × 2 – 2(7x – 1) × 7 + 2 (–3)

dx

1 × (3x +1)–4 × 3 + 4 × (–2) × (4x – 3) –3 × 4

= x + nx

x

9. y1 = sin 4x 2 ,

= 1 + nx

dy 1

nx = cos 4x 2 (8x) = 8x cos 4x 2

4. y = dx

x

dy 2 3x 2 3

10. y2 = nx 3 = 3 =

d d dx x x

x (nx ) – nx (x)

dy dx dx DPP NO. - 4

=

dx x2

dx d2 x

1. =v = acceleration

x(1/ x ) – nx dt dt 2

=

x2

1 nx 2. y = x 3

dy

=

dx x2

dy d2 y

= 3x 2 = 6x

2

dx dx 2

5. y = sin (x + 3)

3. Q = 4V3 + 3V2

dy

= cos (x 2 + 3) (2x + 0)

dx dQ

= 12V2 + 6V

dv

= 2x cos (x 2 + 3)

dQ 1

6. y = x 2 sin x = 0 V = 0 , –

dv 2

dy d d

= x2 sin x + sin x (x 2)

dx dx dx d2 Q d2Q

= 24 v + 6 dv 2 = 6 (+ve)

= x 2 cos x + 2x sin x dV 2 v 0

7. y = tan x cos2 x

d2Q

dy d d dv 2 = – 12 + 6 = – 6 (-ve)

= tan x (cos2x) + cos2x (tan x) v –1/ 2

dx dx dx

= 1 – 2 sin2x 4. y = 2sin2 + tan

sin x dy

Alter : y = cos2 x = sin x cos x = 2 x 2 sin cos + sec2

cos x d

1 = 2 sin 2 + sec2

y= sin 2x

2

x4

x 3 dx =

dy 1

5. 4

C

= × 2 cos 2x

dx 2

= cos 2x

6. 2 sin( x)dx = – 2 cos x + C

= 1 – 2 sin2x

7. y = sin x

Alter : fx = 2 sin (x + 4 )

dy

= cos x

dx

f(x)max = 2

2

d y

= – sin x 2. (C*) 10 s

dx 2

ds

8. sin° = 0 3. = 15 – 0.8 t = 7 = v

dt

tan 0° = 0

; 8 = 0.8 t ; t = 10 second.

dy c

9. = C – 2x = 0 x= d2 s

dx 2 a= = – 0.8 m/s2

dt 2

d2 y

2

dx 2 4. (A*) 2 m/s, 8 m/s2

ds 490

c c c2 5. = 490 – 9.8 t = 0 t= = 50 second.

Ymax = c = dt 9.8

2 2 4

Smax = 490 × 50 – 4.9 × 2500 = 12250 m

10. y = 4 cos 4x

dt

6. dy = 12xdx ( x 1) (12x) dx = 4x 3 + 6x2 + C

ydx 4 cos t 4

7. v = 3t 2

4x = t

v = 3(3)2 = 27 m/s

4dx = dt

s 2

dt

dx =

4 8.

o

dS =

3t dt

2

dt

4 cos t 4 = sin t = sin 4x

S= t

3

2

=8

0

DPP NO. - 5 dv

9. f = = 6t

dt

1. y = f(x) = sin x + cos x

f = 6 × 3 = 18 m/s2

dy

= cos x – sin x

dx DPP NO. - 6

dy 1. y = 2x 3 + 3x 2 + 6x + 1

= 0 , sin x = cos x , tan x = 1

dx

dy

x = 45° = 6x 2 + 6x + 6

dx

y = sin 45° + cos 45°

= 6(x 2 + x + 1)

1 1

=

2 2 2. Let 3y2 + 4y + 3 = t (6y + 4) dy = dt

2 t2

=

2

= 2

Then x dy = t dt =

2

+C

(3 y 2 4 y 3)2

= +C

2

DPPS FILE # 168

x 1 dq i

1 9. i = = 3 × 3 cos(3t) t

= 9 cos 3.

x 1 dt 9 9

3. f(f(x)) = x 1 =x

1

x 1 9

= 9 cos = A

3

2

x 1

f(f(f(x))) = .

x 1

6

3 2 3

10. q = 3 | sin 3t | // 9 = 3 1 = 3

2 2

1/ 3 –1/ 3

( x )1/ 3 1 ( x )1/ 3 1

4. x

dx – x dx =

1

1

– 1 +c

1

3 3

q = total charge flown between t = to

9 6

3 3 DPP NO. - 7

= (x)4/3 – (x)2/3 + c.

4 2

d

5. (sin 4t 2t )dt =

1

cos4t + t 2 + C. 1.

dx

sin x

1 2 1

= 2 (sin x )

1/ 2

. [cos x ] .

1

2

4

(x)–1/2 (By power chain rule)

6. u = 2t – 4

du 1 cos x 1

=2 = . = . cot x cos x

dt 4 x sin x 4 x

u 4 du 1 u 3 ds dv

C 2. v = = 3t 2 – 12t + 3, a = = 6t – 12 = 0

2 2 – 3 dt dt

t = 2s

(2t 4)3 v t = 2 = 3 × 4 – 12 × 2 + 3 = – 9 m/s

Ans. =– +C

6

7. u = 6t – 1

/2

dx

dt

=6 3. sin xdx = cos x

0

/2

0

= 1.

1 du

6 u /2 / 2

x sin 2x

4. sin 2 xdx = c = .

0 2 4 0 4

1

= log u + C

6

Evaluate :

1

= log (6t –1) + C

6 1

1

5. (3 x

2

4)dx x 3 1

0 4x 10 = 1 + 4 = 5

Ans. log (6t – 1) + C 0

6

/2

8. q = 3 sin 3t

6. (sin x cos x ) dx = cos x 0 / 2 + sin x 0 / 2

0

q( ) – q(0) = q

6

=1–0+1–0=2

q = 3 sin 3 × = 3 coulombs

6

7. a = 3t 2 + 2t + 1

Ay = 2 3

v t

2

dv 3t 2t 1) dt v = t3 + t2 + t A= A 2x A 2y

0 0

= 4 12 = 4

8. V(t = 0) = 0

Vt=3 = (3)3 + (3)2 + 3

= 27 + 9 + 3

8. A = 2 î

= 39

V = 39 – 0 = 39 m/s. 2 units

2 2

s t 4 t3 t 2

3 2

9. dS (t

0

0

t t )dt S=

4 3 2

S 9. B =3j

3 units

0

8 12 8 6 26

=4+ +2S = = 10. 4 A = –8i

3 3 3 8 units

DPP NO. - 9

DPP NO. - 8

1. A = 2 î 9 ĵ 4 k̂

1. ( A B) = 7 î 9 ĵ

4 A = 8 î 36 ĵ 16 k̂

A B = 49 81 = 130

1m 3 î 3 ĵ î ĵ

2. unit vector = 2 2 =

3 3 2

dy

3. = x.ex + ex = (x + 1) ex = 0 ; x=–1; 3. Apply triangle law of vector addition.

dx

1

d2 y 5. (A2 + B2 + 2AB cos ) = (A2 + B2 – 2AB cos )

> 0 for x = –1 4

dx 2

3A2 + 3B2 + 10 AB cos = 0

dy d or 12B2 + 3B2 + 10(2B) (B) cos = 0

4. = (x 5 - 5x 4 + 5x 3 - 10) = 5x 4 – 20x 3 + 15x 2

dx dx 15B2 + 20B2 cos = 0

=0 ; x = 3, 0, 1 3

cos = –

4

d2 y

<0 at x = 1

dx 2 6. Since B 3A , so both are parallel.

5. A = 2 î 3 ĵ 7. Velocity = (speed) Â

2 î 3 ĵ 2 î 3 ĵ (2 î 2 ĵ k̂ )

A = = = 6 = (4 î 4 ĵ 2k̂ ) units.

49 13 4 4 1

6*. (B) (D)

A 8. P – Q = ( î ĵ – k̂ ) – ( î – ĵ k̂ ) = 2 ĵ – 2 k̂

unit vector along

7. Ax = 2

4y 3y

( P – Q) 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ 3 x î 4 10 ĵ 0 î 0 ĵ

P– Q = = 5 5

(2)2 (–2)2

| P– Q |

Comparing coefficients of î & ĵ both sides–

( P – Q) 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ 4y

P– Q = = x 3 ......(i)

2 2 5

(2) (–2)

| P– Q |

3y

=6 y = 10

2 ĵ – 2 k̂ 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ ĵ – k̂ 5

= = =

44 2 2 2 Putting 8 – x = 3 x=5

DPP NO. - 10

a+b 1. St + St+1 = 100

b a–b

9. 1 1

u+ f(2t – 1) + u + f[2(t + 1) – 1] = 100

2 2

a

1

2u + f(2t – 1 + 2t + 1) = 100

2

a b a b

2u + 2ft = 100

u + ft = 50

angle between a & b 90°

v = 50 cm/s.

a b 90°

2.

10.

So, A > B

1 1

= hr = × 60 min = 1.5 min.

40 40

1km

required speed = 1min = 60 km/hr

F 0 2

4. r = a 2 – t 2 + t cos t

(y cos37º î + y sin37º ĵ ) + (5 cos53º(– î ) + 5

dr 1

V= (a2 – t2)–1/2 (– 2t) + t (– sin t2) 2t.

dt 2

sin53º ĵ ) + (x(– î ) + 10(– ĵ )) = 0

+ cos t2.

t

V=– – 2 t2 sin t2 + cos t2.

a – t2

2

DPP NO. - 11

1 2

h = ut + (– gt ) 25 = ut – 5t2

2

5t2 – ut + 25 = 0 Let t1 , t2 be its roots

t1 + t2 = u/5, t1t2 = 5

Given, t2 – t1 = 4 sec.

(t2 – t1)2 = 16

Net displacement = 50 km (t2 + t1)2 – 4t1t2 = 16

2

u

6. – 4 × 5 = 16 u = 30 m/sec.

x = (2t – 3) for B option

5

x = (2t – 3)2 accelerat ed

for t > 3/2

2. For a freely falling body

dx

= 2(2t – 3) (2) = 4(2t – 3) 1 2

dt S= gt S t2 .

2

V = 4(2t – 3) = 0

rest at t = 3/2

3. v(2) = v(0) + area under a–t graph from t = 0

a = 8 m/s.

to t = 2

1

Dis tan ce | Displaceme nt | =2+ (2) (4) = 6 m/s.

7. since 2

t t

in uniform circular motion speed is constant 1

Si = (10) (10)2 = 500 m

but acc. 0 2

in uniform circle motion after one round average

Remaining height from ground = 2495 – 500

velocity becomes zero.

= 1995 m

u = gt = 10 × 10 = 100 m/s velocity on reaching the

8. Let u be initial velocity & a be its acceleration

ground

Distance in first 2 sec = S1 = 200 cm

v 2 = (100)2 + 2(– 2.5) × 1995

1 v 2 = 10000 – 9975 = 25

u(2) + a(2)2 = 200 cm

2 v = 5 m/s.

u + a = 100 .........(i) 5. Suppose the particle starts from origin at t = 0. Then

Distance in next 4 sec. = S2 = 220 cm at any time t,

Distance in first 6 sec. = S1 + S2 = 200 + 220 cm x t3

x = kt3 (K = constant)

1

u(6) + a(6)2 = 420

2 dx

v= = 3kt2

u + 3a = 70 .........(ii) dt

From equations (i) & (ii), we get

dv

a = –15 cm/s2 , u = 115 cm/s a= = 6kt

dt

Hence, velocity at the end of 7 sec. from start

= u + 7a a t.

= 115 + 7(–15) = 10 cm/s.

6. Displacement = 0 ( initial position = final 2. Obviously slope of v–t graph is changed at t = 2,

position ) 4,6,......... in direction but it has constant magnitude.

average velocity = 0 ( Total displacement = 0)

3. Instantaneous, acceleration = slope of v–t graph

2

7. V = (3t – 18t + 24) m/s hence, obviously, a – t graph will be as shown,

V = 3 (t – 2) (t – 4)

2 3

s=

0

Vdt +

Vdt

2

2 3

4. (A)

= (3t 2 – 18t 24 )dt + (3 t

2

– 18t 24 )dt =

0 2 2 2

dr

r = (t – 4t + 6) î + t ĵ ; v = = (2t – 4) î + 2t ĵ

dt

|20| + |–2| = 22 m

dv

, a = = 2 î + 2 ĵ

8. V = 3 (t – 2) (t – 4) dt

a = 6 (t – 3) if a and v are perpendicular

common interval in which V and a both have op-

posite sign is 0 to 2 sec a.v = 0

(2 î + 2 ĵ ). ((2t – 4) î + 2t ĵ ) = 0

9. Velocity time graph will be

8t – 8 = 0

t = 1 sec.

Ans. t = 1 sec.

1

a( 2n – 1)

SN 2 2n 1 2 1

– –

5. S 1 2 n2

n 2

n n2

an

2

6.

DPP NO. - 12

1. Plotting velocity v against time t, we get on placing back face and bottom face in same plane.

A starting point G final point

1 1

Distance = ×2×2+ × 2 × 2 = 4m

2 2 5a

minimum time =

u

v x = ux + axt

= 4 i + (2i) 4

= 12 i

4. V = a + bx

7.

(V increases as x increases)

dV dx

= b; =V

dx dt

dV

so, acceleration = V = V.b

dx

hence acceleration increases as V increases with x.

dv

= – av 2

dt

v t

dv

Maximum displacement is a 25 sec. displacement =

– v 2 a dt

=

u 0

25 + 50 + 62.5 + 75 = 212.5 m.

1 1

8. (i) Impossible: Speed is always positive or = at +

v u

(ii) Impossible: Time never decreases.

(iii) Possible: Velocity may increase with time. dt 1

= at +

dx u

DPP NO. - 13 u dt

dx =

1 aut

1. At t = 4 sec, V = 0 + (4) (4) = 16 m/sec.

integrating between proper limits

At t = 8 sec, V = 16 m/sec.

s t

At t = 12 sec, V = 16 – 4 (12 – 8) = 0 u dt

For 0 to 4 sec ; s1= ½ at 2 = ½ (4) (4)2 = 32 m

dx = 1 aut

0 0

For 4 to 8 sec ; s2 = 16 (8 – 4) = 64 m

For 8 to 12 sec ; s3 = 16 (4) – ½ (4) (4) 2 = 32 m 1

S = n (1 + aut)

a

So s1 + s2 + s3 = 32 + 64 + 32 = 128 m

Sol. 6 to 8

Alter : Draw v-t graph

The velocity of particle changes sign at

Area of v-t graph = displacement. t = 1 sec.

Distance from t = 0 to t = 2 sec. is

2. Using v x = ux + axt

0 1

= 4 i + (2i) 4

= 12 i = v dt v dt

1 2

As a y = 0, velocity component in y-direction

remains unchanged. Final velocity = 12 i - 5j 0 1

3 3 2 3 3 2

= ( t t ) + ( t t ) = 3 m

speed at t = 4 sec. = 12 2 ( 5 )2 = 13 m/s. 2 1 2 2

5. From 6:00 AM to 6:30 AM

2

displacement of tip of minute hand

Displacement from t = 0 to t = 2 sec. is v dt = 2 × 10cm = 20 cm

0

20 cm 2

3 3 2

2 Hence, average velocity = = cm min–1 .

30 min 3

= ( t t ) = 2 m.

2 0

DPP NO. - 14 V2 = 0 + 2.10.5

V = 10 m/s

1. m = 2kg, F = î – ĵ .

S1 – S2 = 20 m.

F 1

a = ( î – ĵ ) 1 2 1 2

m 2 10.t 2 10.t - 2 .10.t 20

Now V = u a t.

1

V = 2 î ( î – ĵ ) t.

2

t t 1 t

= 2 2 î – ĵ = ( t + 4) î – ĵ .

2 2 2

2. x 2 = t2 + 1 t = 2s

dx 1

2x = 2t S2 = . 10 . 4 = 20 m

dt 2

xV = t Ht = 25 + 20 = 45 m.

xa + V2 = 1

1–

t2

7. cos =

3 î

2 ĵ 2 k̂ .( ĵ )

=

2

2 2

a = 1– V x 3 2 4 (1) 3

x x

2 2

x 2 – t2 1 = cos–1 3 or – cos–1 3

a =

x3 x3

v t

5 dv dv

3. 54 km/h = 54 ×

18

= 15 m/s 8.

dt

= g–kv 0

g – kv =

t 0

dt

15 ( 15)

<a>= = 3 m/s2 . 1 g – kv

10

– k ln g = t

4. For minimum number of jumps, range must be

maximum.

g

2 2

g – kv = ge–kt v=

k

1 – e –kt

u ( 10 )

maximum range = = = 1 meter..

g 10

g

Total distance to be covered = 10 meter

a=

k

0 – e –kt (–k )

So total step = 10 = g e–kt

ALITER :

g a a g

V= – –

k k k k

g a

V– =–

k k

kv –g = –a

a = g – kv

= –kv + g

dv 1 1

9. (i) V = – V (ii) a = – V total distance = ×2×8+ × 3 × 12

dx 2 2

= 8 + 18 = 26 m

dv

dv = – dx = – V

dt

DPP NO. - 15

0 x v t 2. At maximum height v = u cos

dv

v0

dv

= – dx

v0

v =– dt

u 1

0 0

=v cos = = 60°

2 2

V

– v 0 = – x n t

u 2 sin 2 u 2 sin(120)

V0 R=

g

=

g

v0

x= V = V0e–t u2 cos 30 3 u2

= =

g 2g

V= at t V = 0.

e t 1

K' = m(u cos)2

2

1 k

A & B are correct answer = mu2. cos245º = .

2 2

a = – 4 m/s2

v=0

0 = 8 – 4t or t = 2 sec.

displacement in first 2 sec.

1

S1 = 8 × 2 + . (– 4). 22 = 8 m

2

initial direction when 10 – g sin 30º t = 0

1

S2 = 0 × 3 + (– 4)32 = – 18 m. t = 2 s,

2

but total time of flight = g

= 1 s.

Ans. 26 m.

So not possible

For B

Minimum speed during the motion is

3 uy = v y 4, u x v x =3

= u cos 30º = 10 × = 5 3 m/s. t 0 t 0

2

The angle of projection :

For B

Vy 4 4

1 tan = = = tan–1 Ans.

t= second Vx 3 3

2

particle is at highest point.

3. VA sin 60º = VB

R2 5 13

where, displacement = H2 = m VA

2

4 4

VB 3

4. t = t1 + t2

5. For maximum range, = 45º

u v max

At the highest point, v = u cos = slope of OA curve = tan = = t1

2

2 + 4 = 90º = 15º slope of AB curv e = = t2

Ratio of ranges will be sin30º : sin 60º : sin120º.

1 3 3 2

: : :2:2 V

2 2 2 3

vmax A

t = t1 + t2

1

7. y = u xt – .g t 2 = 10 × 1 – 5 × 12 = 5 m

2

x = ux t = 10 × 1 = 10 m t1 t2

8. For constant acceleration if initial velocity makes O B t

be parabolic.

v max v max

t = + v max = t

DPP NO. - 16

x x is equal to that of the frame as observed from

1. y = x tan 1 R y = (12 x) 1

16 the frame.

Range = 16 m Ans.

6. velocity of ball w.r.t. ground = 20 – 10 = 10 m/sec

upwards.

u 1

2. x = ut + at2

2

4y

1

ux 120 = – 10 t + × 10 t2

2

24 = – 2 t + t2

y = 4t – t 2 , x = 3t

t2 – 2t – 24 = 0

dy dx t = 6 sec.

Vy = = 4 – 2t , Vx = =3

dt dt

H tan 5 3 3 (10 )

7. =

R 4 10

= 45° & R = 36 m

H=9m 15 3

= 3 3

10 2

y

v 3

R = 10 cos 60 3 = 7.5 3 m

30° 2

u=50

8. h

45°

o x

0º

sin 3

g

h = height of the point where velocity makes 30º with 30º g cos 30º

horizontal. g

30º

As the horizontal component of velocity remain same

50 cos45° = v cos30°

2 1

v = 50 2(10 )

3 2u sin 30 º 2 2

(C) t = sec.

g cos 30º 3 3

Now by equation 10

2

v 2 = u2 + 2ay y

2

1

50 2 = 502 – 2gxh R = 10 cos 30º t g sin 30º t2

3 2

10 3 2 1 1 4

2 = (10 )

2gh = 502 – 502 ×

2 3 2

3 2 3

1 10 20

2gh = × 502 = 10 m

3 3 3

h = = (D) T = sec.

60 3 g cos 30 3 3

10

2

125

h= m above point of projection

3

u2 sin 2 100 3

9. (A) R = 5 3m

g 2(10)

1

(B) 11.25 = – 10sin 60º t + (10) t2

2

5t2 – 5 3 t – 11.25 = 0

t = 5 3 25(3) 4(5)(11.25 )

10

6. xA = xB

1

R= g sin 30º t2

2 1 2

10.5 + 10t = at a = tan45° = 1

2

1 1 16 40

= (10) = m 20 400 84

2 2 3 3 t2 – 20t – 21 = 0 t= t = 21 sec.

2

DPP NO. - 17 50 t –

1

× 10 t2 = 125

2

10 t – t2 = 25

2u y t2 – 10 t + 25 = 0

1. 2= uy = 10 m/s

g t = 5 sec.

S2 – S1 = 125m if S2 > S1 then,

1

× 10 t2 – 50 t = 125

2

t=2

t=0

t2 – 10 t – 25 = 0

H

10 100 100

t=

t=3

2

t = 5 1 2 sec.

1 2

Now, H = – uyt + gt (8 to9) V h M = V h V M = 10 j – 10i = – 10i + 10 j

2

= – 30 + 45 = 15 m.

V h M = 10 (–i) + 10 j As seen bny

ut

AC = u cos 60° t =

2

Vh= 10 j m/s

AC ut

Range on inclined plane =

cos 30 3

VM VM = 5 i m/s

VB h VB Vh = 15 i – 10 j = 15 i + 10 (j)

4. V = x2 + x

Vh= 10 j m/s

dv

a=V = (x2 + x) (2x + 1)

dx

Bus VB = 5 i m/s

At x = 2 m

a = (4 + 2) (4 + 1) –Vh VB h

a = 30 m/s2 .

As seen by helicopter's pilot the bus is moving in

( ) direction.

DPP NO. - 18 02 = u2 – 2a × 2S and v 2 = 02 + 2as

v= or 2 Ans.

represents ground 2 v

4. V O,M V O V M V O, M V O V Train

VO,M = velocity of object with respect to man

VO = velocity of object

VM = velocity of man

Here velocity of object is zero.

So, V O,M V M

5. If a u 0 particle will not follow curved path.

parabolic path

u2

H= &

2g

u2 u2 u

2 2

Then V GD V DC V CB V BA = V GA V AG V = u – 2g. V2 = V=

4g 2 2

Hence velocity of A is towards south east.

N

2. Vboat , river = 4 î u

Time taken to rise to maximum height T = g

Vriver , ground = 2 î

w

Vwind , ground = 6 ĵ

H (u u / 2 ) ( 2 1) u

for height h = t= =

2 g 2g

V wind, boat = Vwg Vgr Vrb = 6 ĵ – 2 ĵ – 4 î

3

Time taken to rise to H = T – time taken to fall

4

= 4 î 4 ĵ

down by

4

3. Let u and v denote initial and find velocity, then then

T T

nature of motion is indicated in diagram =T– =

2 2

2S

a 7. Let velocity of bodies be v 1 and v 2.

u in first case

v u1 = v 1 + v 2 .... (i)

S in second case

u2 = v 1 – v 2 .... (i)

Hence initial and final speed are given by equation

4. Suppose particle strikes wedge at height ‘S’ after time

u1 u 2 u1 u 2

v1 = and v 2 = 1

2 2 t. S = 15t – 10 t2 = 15t – 5 t2. During this time

2

16 3 distance travelled by particle in horizontal direction

Here u1 = m/s and u2 = m/s

10 5

= 5 3 t. Also wedge has travelled travelled extra

After solving we have distance

v 1 = 1.1 m/s and v 2 = 0.5 m/s.

8. The initial velocity of A relative to B is u AB u A – uB

= (8 î – 8 ĵ ) m/s

uAB = 8 2 m/s

Acceleration of A relative to B is -

a AB = a A – a B = (–2 î + 2 ĵ ) m/s2

aAB = 2 2 m/s2

since B observes initial velocity and constant

acceleration of A in opposite directions, Hence B S 15t 5t 2

observes A moving along a straight line. x= =

tan30 1/ 3

From frame of B

Total distance travelled by wedge in time

u AB

Hence time when v AB = 0 is t = = 4 sec. t = 10 3 t. = 5 3 t + 3 (15 – 5t2)

a AB

t = 2 sec.

The distance between A & B when v AB = 0 is S =

Alternate Sol.

u2AB (by Relative Motion)

= 16 2 m

2a AB

15

2u AB

T= = 8 sec. 30°

a AB

10 3 5 3

Magnitude of relative velocity when they are at

same position in uAB = 8 2 m/s.

2u sin 30 2x10 3 1

T = g cos 30 = = 2 sec.

DPP NO. - 19 10 3

t = 2 sec.

2. In (A) xf – xi

0 – x = – x = – ve

5.

So average velocity is – ve.

non–zero positive at t = 0 & slope is continuously

decreasing with time and finally becomes zero.

Hence we can say that the particle starts with a

certain v elocity, but the motion is retarded

(decreasing velocity)

As given

(VA–VB) xA–xB y = – 10 m

(VA–VB) = K(xA–xB) Hence, average velocity of particle between t = 0

when xA–xB = 10 We have VA–VB = 10 to t = 4 sec is

We get

10 = K10 K = 1 x ( 40)2 ( 10 )2

v av =

VA–VB = (xA–xB).........(1) t 4

Now Let

5

xA–xB = y .................(2) v av = 17 m/s

2

On differentiating with respect to ‘t’ on both side.

At t = 2 sec u = 10 × 2 = 20 m/s

dx A dx B dy dy

= VA–VB = ............ (3) After t = 2sec

dt dt dt dt

v = u + at

Using (1) , (2), (3) 0 = 20 – 10 t

t = 2 sec.

dy

We get =y

dt

Hence, at t = 4 sec. the particle is at its farthest

Here y represents sepration between two cars distance from the y-axis.

The particle is at farthest distance from y-axis at t

20 t

dy 20 > 4. Hence the available correct choice is t = 4.

= dt log e y 10 =t

y

10 0

DPP NO. - 20

t = (loge2) sec Required Answer.

1. If speed of a particle changes, the velocity of the

particle def initely changes and hence the

Alter. acceleration of the particle is nonzero.

Velocity of a particle change without change in

speed.

Vs When speed of a particle varies, its velocity cannot

V = ks be constant.

V = 10, s = 10, k = 1

20 t

ds ds 2. Vw = 1 î 1 ĵ

dt

=s s = dt

10 0

6 to 8. At t = 2 sec (t = 2 sec i j )

v x = ux + ax t = 0 + 10 × 2 = 20 m/s

v y = uy + ay t = 0 – 5 × 2 = –10 m/s

From t = 0 to l st = 4 sec

1 2 1 2 V = at

x = 2 (10 ) (2) + (10 2) 2 2 (10) (2)

(0 2 ) ( 2 4) V = (0.2) 10

= 2 m/sec.

x = 40 m

Vboat = 2 î 2 ĵ

1 2 Vw/boat = Vw – Vboat

y = 2 5 (2) – (10(2) 1 (10) (2)2

( 0 2)

2 ( 2 4)

Vw/boat = ( 1 î 1 ĵ ) – ( 2 î 2 ˆj ) = 1 î 1 ĵ 1 2

0 = u sin t – at ....(2)

So, the flag will flutter towards south–west. 2

As the ball is thrown towards ‘D’

3. The retardation is given by

tan = .....(3)

dv x

= – av 2

dt

From equation (1), (2) & (3) we get

integrating between proper limits

2

t

t= required time after which ball hit the corner..

v

1 1 a

dv

–

v 2 = a dt or

v

= at +

u

u 0

8. At position A balloon drops first particle So,

dt 1 u dt uA = 0, aA = – g, t = 3.5 sec.

= at + dx =

dx u 1 aut

1 2

SA = gt . ..........(i)

integrating between proper limits 2

u dt 1

dx = 1 aut S = a n (1 + aut) distance travelled by balloon in 2 second.

0 0

1

4. V = a + bx S B aB t 2 ..........(ii)

2

(V increases as x increases)

aB = 0.4 m/s2 , t = 2 sec.

dV dx

=b = bV S1 = BC = (SB + SA) ...........(iii)

dt dt

hence acceleration increases as V increases with Distance travell by second stone which is droped

x. from balloon at B

u2 = uB = aBt = 0.4 × 2 = 0.8 m/s

t = 1.5 sec.

6. v – î ĵ 2 k̂

1

S 2 u 2 t gt 2 ...........(iv)

a 3 î – ĵ k̂ 2

a . v –3 – 1 2 0 B

>

SB

hence > 90° between a and v

>

so speed is decreasing A

>

a . v –3 – 1 2 0

SA

>

C

gin as corner ‘B’

Distance between two stone

Along x axis x-

S = S1 – S2 .

x = u cost ....(1)

Along y axis y-

1

y = uy t + a t2

2 y

DPP NO. - 21

1.

=

Q measures velocity of P, i.e. v PQ , to be con-

stant. Hence Q observes P to move along straight 4. (i)

line.

For P and Q to collide Q should observe P to a=0

move along line PQ.

Hence PQ should not rotate.

N = F.

2. Let initial and final speeds of stone be u and v.

v 2 = u2 – 2gh .........(1) (ii)

and v cos 30° = u cos 60° ..........(2)

2F F

solving 1 and 2 we get u= 3gh a= =

4m 2m

3. Flag will flutter in the direction of wind and opposite

to the direction of velocity of man

i.e. in the direction of Vwm

F – N = ma

F F

N = F – m = .

2m 2

(iii)

3F

a=

4m

F – N = ma

N = F – ma

3F

N = F – m

4m

+ N=

F

.

4

(iv)

3F r f r i v 2 = 31 î 40 ĵ 120 k̂

a=

4m

F

8. a = V2 = u2 + 2as (u = 0)

m

F 1

V 2 S V .

3F m m

2F – N = ma N = 2F – m

4m

DPP NO. - 22

5F

N= .

4 1. From geometry :

3

(v) cos =

5

4

3F F sin =

a= = 5

3m m

As sphere is at equilibrium,

T sin = w

F 4

T = w

N + F = ma N + F = m 5

m

N = 0. 5w

T= .

5. F.B.D. of block 4

2. Resolving forces at point A along string AB

N2 = F 2 + (mg)2

w1 cos 37° = w2

N = 10 2 N

w1 5

6. AB = 2 R cos w2 4

acceleration along AB

a = g cos 3. v = 0 x 2 – 5x + 4 = 0

u = 0 from A to B x = 1m & 4m

1

S = ut + at2 dv

2 = (2x – 5) v = (2x – 5) (x 2 – 5x + 4)

dt

1

2R cos = 0 + (g cos ) t2 dv

2

at x = 1 m and 4m ; =0

dt

R

t=2 g 54 g

4. a = g =

5 4 9

7. Unit vector in direction of (1,0,0) to (4,4,12) is

T – mg = ma

(4 1) î ( 4 0) ĵ (12 0) k̂

13

N1 = W + N3 sin

T = m(g + a)

N2 = N3 cos

g 10g FBD of sphere 2

= 1 g = .

9 9

from A to B.

AC = 2R – 2r

AB = 2r

AC R r

cos = =

1 AB r

10 = 15 t – (10) t 2

2 N4 = N3 cos

5t 2 – 15 t – 10 = 0 W = N3sin

t 2 – 3t – 2 = 0 Ans. N4 = W cot

t = 1, 2 N3 = W cosec

t = 2 is invalid as it is the time taken by the ball to N2 = W cot

come at A' if there was no roof. N1 = 2W.

7. 0.2 g = 0.7 a

t = 1 seconds. 2g

a= m/s2

7

During this the ball will travel V × t = 20 × 2

For the case, it comes to rest when V = 0

= 40 m on the floor.

2g 49

0 = 7 + t t = 2g = 2.5 s

6. 7

a T

7 m/s

T a

T = 0.5 a

FBD of sphere 1 0.2 - T = 0.2 a

2. Let a = acceleration of m1

2g

0 = 72 + 2 s

a0 a

7 then acceleration of pulley = =

2 2

S = 8.75 m

If acceleration of m2 = b

So in next 2.5s, it covers 8.75 m towards right.

Total distance = 2 x 8.75 = 17.5 m b a

Then 0+ =

After 5s, it speed will be same as that of initial (7 2 2

m/s) but direction will be reversed. Hence a = b

F T = m1 a , m2g – T = m2 a

8. Acceleration of system a = m m m

A B C m2g

a = m m

1 2

60

a= = 1m/s2

10 20 30 3. Method - I

FBD of A : As cylinder will remains in contact with wedge A

Vx = 2u

T1 = mA .a

T1 = 10(1) = 10N

FBD of B :

T 2 – 10 = 20(1) sin 30 U sin 30

T 2 = 30 N. Vy = Vx +

cos 30 cos 30

DPP NO. - 23

Vy = 3u tan30° = 3u

1. for (man + platform) system :

V= Vx2 Vy2 = 7 u Ans.

2mg – 4T = 2m(a)

Method - II

In the frame of A

Vy = 3u tan 30º = 3u

and o Vx = 2u

mg mg

2mg – 4 = 2m (a) [ T = ]

2 2 V = Vx2 Vy2 = 7 u Ans.

a=0

4. 1 + 2 2 = constant

d 1 2 d 2

+ =0

dt dt

10 3

= 3

2

= 15 3 N.

= 15 N

T – 15 = 3a ...........(ii)

(5 + 5) + 2 (5 + v B) = 0 or v B = 10 m/s (i) + (ii)

5 = 5a

5. Assume that acceleration of particle is ap a = 1m/s2 ; T = 18 N.

and acceleration of wedge is aw

Then, aw = gsin

From wedge constant 2mg mg g

8. (i) a = =

3m 3

ap = aw sin = gsin2

1 2mg mg

h= g sin2t 2 (ii) a = =g

2 m

2h 2mg

(iii) a = = 2g

t= . m

gsin 2

2g

6. From Newtons third law, the force exerted by table (iv) a =

3

on block is equal to that exerted by block on the

table. Therefore block exerts a 10 N force on table.

Since the upward force on the block is larger than DPP NO. - 24

downward force, it moves upwards.

7. 1.

9 cos = v sin (i)

19 – R

= tan (ii)

12

(R + 5)2 = (12)2 + (19 – R)2

R = 10

Hence from (i) and (ii)

20 – T = 2a ...........(i)

v = 12 m/s2

FBD of block M 1 = 3kg 2. Acceleration of boy and block will be same equal to

1.25 m/s2 w.r.t. ground. Hence

1 1

10 = (1.25) t2 y=1 |ay| =

2 4

t = 4 sec.

B is a then acceleration of mass A will be a/2 :

FBD of A : 5.

ma

T – mg = ...............(i)

2

a1 = 2a2 = 2a

Relative between T1 & T2

FBD of B :

T 2 = 2T 1 = 2T

T T 1 = M1a1 ..........(i)

mg – = ma ...............(ii)

2 M2g – T 2 = M2a2 ..........(ii)

2T = 4M1a

M2g – 2T = M2a

M2 g

M2g = a(4M1 + M2) a = 4M M .

1 2

2g

a= 6.

5

4. x = 4 y2

dx dy

= 8y

dt dt

Vx =8y Vy

Vx = 4

ax = 0

0 = ax = 8[y.ay + V2y]

3F = 180

–y ay = V2y F = 60 N

v 2y T = 4F = 210 N

|ay| = Force balance on system

y

T = F + 180

T = 60 + 180 = 240 N.

v 2x 16

|ay| = 3 =

64 y 64 y 3 7. False There acceleration may be different.

1 W

at y = 1 |ay| = True T = to minimize T, V will be maximum.

4 V

i.e whole ef f ort of swimmer must towards

opposite bank.

DPPS FILE # 189

8. (i) FBD of 2kg

In (i) F 1 – mg = ma.

N23 – 20 = 2(2)

F 1 = mg + ma.

N23 = 24 N

In (ii) 2F 2 – mg = ma

(ii) FBD of 3 kg mg ma

F2 = F1 > F2 .

N34 – N23 – 30 = 3(2) 2

3. 1 + 2 + 3 = constant

N34 = N23 + 30 + 6

N34 = 24 + 30 + 6 = 60 N

FBD of 4kg

NG – N34 – 40 = 4(2)

0

1 2 3

(V – 4) + (V – 2) + (–2) = 0

2V = 8

V = 4 m/s

4. In this case spring force is zero initially F.B.D.

of A and B

NG = N34 + 40 + 8

m 2m

NG = 60 + 40 + 8 = 108 N

A B

DPP NO. - 25 mg 2mg

aA = g aB = g

F

1. Acceleration of two mass system is a =

2m 5. If the block has an acceleration towards right, the

N blocks would have some acceleratidon towards left.

leftward

Resolving horizontally and vertically, we have

F

60° R2 = m2 g cos + m2 f sin .... (1)

30°

FBD of block A m2 f = T cos + R2 sin .... (2)

mF

and

N cos 60° – F = ma = solving N = 3 F R1 = m1 g cos + m1 f sin .... (3) m1 f = R1

2m

sin – T cos .... (4)

1 2

2. Since, h = at a should be same in both From equation. (2) and (1), we get

2

cases, because h and t are same in both cases m2 f = T cos + [m2 g cos + m2 f sin ] sin

as given. = T cos + m2 g cos sin + m2 f sin2

T cos = m2 f – m2 f sin2 – m2 g cos sin

or T cos = m2 f cos2 – m2 g cos sin

orT = m2 f cos – m2 g sin .... (5)

From equations (3) and (4), we have 8.

m1 f = (m1 g cos + m1 f sin ) sin – T cos

= m1 g cos sin + m1 f sin2 – T cos

T cos = m1 g cos sin + m1 f(sin2 – 1)

or T = m1 g sin – m1 f cos .... (6)

Equating (5) and (6), we get

m2 f cos – m2 g sin = m1 g sin – m1 f cos

By newtons law on system of (A, B, C)

(m1 sin m 2 sin ) 5. (M + m – m) g = (2M + m) a

f = g g (m cos m cos ) .... (7)

2 1 mg

a=

2M m

Substituting the value of f in eqn. (6) , we get

T = m1 g sin – m1 g DPP NO. - 26

(m1 sin m2 sin ) 1. FBD of man of mass (m)

cos

(m 2 cos m1 cos )

T1

Simplifying, we get g

m1 m 2 g sin( )

T = m cos m cos Ans. mg

1 2

T 1 = mg + mg

T 1 = 2 mg

T 1 : T 2 :: 8 : 3

mg – N = ma

T2

gm 2M mg g

N=m g N=

2M m 2M m 2

mg

mg 2

7. T – mg = M for A block

2M m

m m g

T2 = g .

Mmg 2 2 2

T = Mg +

2M m

mg 3 3mg

for pulley T2 = =

2 2 4

P = 2T + Mg

2Mmg 6M 3m 2m

= 2Mg + + Mg = Mg 2.

2M m 2M m

6M 5m

P = 2 M m Mg

1

Down the plane 5 = v . t + (g sin ) t2 ....(1)

2

v

at the plane 0 = v – g sin t t = 1

g sin

2v

t = 2t = [time taken by B in coming

g sin

back to initial position]

2

2.v 2 1 g sin .4v

5= + 2 2

g sin 2 g sin 2mg – mg = 2 ma

10 g sin = 8v 2 a = g/2

T3 = mg/2

1

10 10 mg mg

2 = 100 10 T2 – T3 = mg – =

v= = = 2.5 m/sec 2 2

8 16 4

Since net acceleration of cylinder is horizontal,

3. Y

NAB cos30° = mg

9 1

tan = =2 , 2

40

or NAB = mg .... (1)

3

1

y = uyt + ayt2 and NBC – NAB sin30° = ma

2

or NBC = ma + NAB sin 30° .... (2)

1 Hence NAB remains constant and NBC increases with

now , – 1 = usin (1) – g (1)2

2 increase in a.

2 6. For t = 0 to t = 10.

usin = 4 and sin =

5 V = u + at

V = 0 + (1) (10) = 10 m/s.

u = 2 5 a = 2t

1 v 20

now, x = u cos (1) = (2 5 ) × = 2m

5

10

dv 2 t dt

10

.... (1)

20

t2

v – 10 = 2 2

10

v = 310 m/s.

(b) For t = 0 to t = 10 s.

T2 = mg 1 2

S = ut + at

2

After cutting the spring

1

S = (0) (10) + × 1 × (10)2 = 50 m

2

From (1)

v – 10 = t 2 – (10)2

v = t 2 – 90

s 20 at

tan =

ds (t 2 90) dt v

50 10

Boy should hold his unbrella at an angle from the

vertical

(20 )3 (10 )3

S – 50 = 3 90 20 – 3 90 10 at d a

tan = sec2 =

v dt v

8000 1000 a a

S = 50 + – 1800 – + 900 d

3 3 = 2 = 2

dt v sec v [1 tan ]

7000

S = 50 + – 900 a

3

a 2t 2 av 22 1

S = 1483.33 m = v 1 = 2 2 2 = 2 =

v 2 v a t 4 4t 1 t2

7. A force F is applied on block A of mass M so that the

tension in light string also becomes F when block B d 1 d 1

= Ans. =

dt 1 t2 dt 1 t2

of mass

DPP NO. - 27

1. Time taken to reach the ground is given by

Applying Newton's law on the system in horizontal

1 2

direction F = (M + m) a. h= gt .... (1)

2

Now consider the equilibrium of block B w.r.t. block

M Since horizontal displacement in time t is zero

2v

t= .....(2)

f

2

F

F = (mg) + (ma) = (mg) + m

2 2 2 2

m M 2gv 2

h=

f2

2 2

m g

F2 = ;

m2

1

m M2 2.

mg

F = 2

m

1

m M

picture. 50 – 2g = 2a

5. If both the blocks are stationary,

50 19.6

=a Balancing forces along x-direction

2

F = N sin N = F/sin

a = 15.2 m/sec2 upwards

As the acceleration of both the masses is upward.

Ny = mg + N cos

and also ; 50 – 5g = 5b

F

= mg + cos = mg + F cot

50 5 9.8 sin

=b

2

4F

Ny = mg +

3

50 49

b= = 0.2 m/sec2 also upwards

5

6. To keep regular

3. F.B.D. of A w.r.t. grivel contact a sin = b cos

F1

3

b = a tan = a

4

F 1 – 2 F 2 = m A aA

20 – 2 × 8 = 1 aA

aA = 4 m/s2

F.B.D. of B w.r.t. A

DPP NO. - 28

So F 2 – maA = maBA

time of flight is same. Also if horizontal components

8 – 1 × 4 = 1 aBA aBA = 4m/s2

are equal, range on inclined plane will be equal for

both.

4. For equli. of block (A)

F = N sin

N = F/sin

To lift block B from ground 2._ Velocity of rain with respect to man initially as shown

N cos > mg

F

cos > mg

sin

3

F > mg tan = mg

4

So Fmin = mg to 2V0

4

5. There is no horizontal force on block A, therefore it

does not move in x-directing, whereas there is net

downward force (mg – N) is acting on it, making its

acceleration along negative y-direction. Block B

moves downward as well as in negative x-direction.

Downward acceleration of A and B will be equal due

to constrain, thus w.r.t. B, A moves in positive x-

So resultant velocity of rain with respect to man direction.

41

= ( 2 V0 )2 ( V0 )2 4 V02 cos 37º = V0

5

C

3.

it moves in negative x-direction.

19 – R

= tan (ii)

12

(R + 5)2 = (12)2 + (19 – R)2 [Pythagorean]

R = 10

Hence from (i) and (ii) v = 12 m/s

for block A

N cos 45º = 1.7 a .....(i)

for block B

4. 0.6g sin 45º + 0.6a cos 45º = 0.6b .....(ii)

N + 0.6 a cos 45º = 0.6 g cos 45º .....(iii)

by solving (i), (ii) & (iii)

3g 23g

a= and b =

20 20 2

Now vertical componentof acceleration of

23 g

B = b cos 45º =

40

and horizontal component of acceleration of

On block B : 17g

B = b sin 45º – a =

40

mg – T cos 45º = ma ...(i)

on block A :

T cos 45º = ma ...(ii)

by equation (i) and (ii)

mg

T=

2

7. (a) F.B.D. of m FBD

and

mg

x= T = mg

k

kx/2 = T

mg

kx

m

kx = mg + T ........... (1)

kx 2mg

= mg x= T = mg mg

2 k A T

F.B.D. Block B

B m

mg

F.B.D of pulley

2mg

kx = 2mg x =

k

(e)

mg

x= T = kx T = mg

k

(c) kx = mg

T

m

A T = mg + kx ....... (1)

mg

FBD of pulley kx

F.B.D. of Lower Block (B) v cos = u or v = u sec ...(1)

kx

mg dv d

from (1) a = = u sec tan ...(2)

dt dt

mg

kx = mg ..... (2) x =

k

DPP NO. - 29

Initially when block is at a large distance is a

small component of T in vertical direction is very

1. Sol. f k = kN = k mg cos300 = mg sin300

small. As block comes nearer and nearer. T sin

1 increases and N decreases.

= 5 (10) f k = 25 N

2 When T sin = mg then block just loses contact

with the ground

2. N = mg = 40

so T sin = mg ................................(3)

(f s )max = N = (0.8) (40) = 32

T cos = ma ..............................(4)

f s = ext. force = 30

(3) & (4)

R2 = N2 + f s 2 = (50)2 R = 50 N.

a tan = g .................................(5)

3. FBD of block B w.r.t. wedge A , for maximum 'a' :

Perpendicular to wedge :

f y' = (mg cos + m a sin – N) = 0.

and f x' = mg sin + N – ma cos = 0 (for also, x = h cot

dx d

= – h cosec2

dt dt

d dx

maximum a) – v = – hcosec2 [as x is decreasing

dt dt

= – v]

u sec d

or 2 = ...(using (1) ...(6)

h cos ec dt

mg sin + (mg cos + ma sin ) using (2) , (5) and (6) we get

– ma cos = 0

u sec

u sec tan tan = g

(g sin g cos ) h cos ec 2

a=

cos sin

putting values of u, h & g we get.

for = 45º

tan4 = 1 =

4

tan 45º 1

a = g ; a = g Ans.

cot 45 º 1 Ans. =

4

4. By constraint velocity component of block along

the string should be u

5. (i) yes

8. v A = 4 ĵ m/s and v B = ( 4 tan î ) m/s

(ii) depends upon path

(iii) yes

v AB = (4 tan î + 4 ĵ ) m/s

(iv) no

(v) limiting friction needs to be overcome to 4

v AB = 4 1 tan 2 = cos

make body move

(vi) tension increases

(v AB)min = 4 m/s

(vii) N is larger ]

DPP NO. - 30

6.

1. Let t o be t he t i m e when f ri ct i on f orce i s

maximum

F = 2t o = s mg

The block just starts moving immediately after this

instant, with acceleration

smg k mg

= s – k ) g gS

A

m

For t > t o the acceleration of the block is

2t o k mg

a=

m

for any angle ‘’

x 2 + y2 = 2

2xx + 2yy = 0

x (– v B) + y (v A) = 0 i.e. v B = v A tan

or v B = 4 tan ...(i)

[as v A = = 4 m/s]

2 R2 = N2 + f s2

R = mg (A).

from vB = vA tan

we can see that v B < v A for 0

4 direction = 10 g sin – 30 = 30 Nt

N = log cos = 80 Nt

from = 0 to =

4

distance moved by ‘B’ is

1 2 1

d=1–x=1– =

2 2

1

[as x = at = ]

2 4

x 1

7. t= = sec

vA 4 2 Direction of R is along OA.

an angle 30º with the horizontal (as clear from

figure).

4.

Let , velocity of rain w.r.t. car be Vm/c

VR / G = VR / C + VC / G

VR / Gx = VR / C x + VC / Gx

As the upward force (45N) is greater than total But VR / Gx = 0 , since rain fall vertically down.

downward force (25N) hence, it has an upward

acceleration.

F x = 0 N = 60 N

Fy = may

45 – 25 = (1)a

a = 20 m/s2 .

Sol.(5,6,7)

VC / Gx = – VR / Cx = –(V cos 30º)

T = 2ma

ma | VC / Gx | = V cos 30º ........(i)

mg – 2T =

2

Now, VR / Gy = VR / Cy

ma

mg – 4ma = –10 = –V sin 30º + 0

2

[Since ; VR/G(y) = – 10 m/s ; VC/G(y) = 0]

9ma V sin 30º = 10 V = 20 m/s.

mg =

2 Substituting V = 20 m/s in equation (i)

2g 3

a= VC / Gx = V cos 30º = 20 × = 10 3 m/s.

9 2

4mg VC / G = 10 3 î m/s.

T=

9

3. (C) FBD

2mg

N1 = ma =

9 1N

2kg TT 3kg 8

N2 = mg + 2T

fmax = 2 fmax = 6

N2 = mg + 2T

= mg + = . side so first maximum friction will come on 3 kg

9 9

block.

DPP NO. - 31

1 2

2kg 2 3kg 8

0 v1 v v2 –v2 u 1 6

1. u = , 1 =v, =v

2 2 2 So f 1 = 1 N, f 2 = 6 N, T = 2N

f 1 = 1 N, f 2 = 6 N, T = 2N

3u

Hence v = velocity of M = . F

4 4. F = N sin N=

sin

2. For the driver to observe the rain move vertically up-

ward after the elastic collision, rain shoud come at N sin = µ (N cos + mg)

F = µ(F cot + mg)

F (1 – µ cot ) = µ mg Solving a = 2 m/s2

To check slipping between A and B, we have to

mg

F= find friction force in this case. If it is less than

1 cot

limiting static friction, then there will be no slipping

between A and B.

Applying NLM on A.

T – f = 6(2)

as T = 48 N

f = 36 N

1 and f s = 42 N hence A and B move together.

On putting µ = and = 30°

3 and r FkkT' = 12 N.

1 DPP NO. - 32

µ= = 30°

3

1. The acceleration of system is

F=

F

Therefore motion will not start for any value of F. a=

5m

5. The magnitude of deceleration from graph is

2

80 N = 2ma = F

a= = 2m/s2 5

40

The deceleration of block is Thus frictional force on ‘B’ is

a

a = µg µ = g = 0.2

6. = , = , = 2

N = F

5

+ + =0

For B not of fall down.

2 5 mg

F = mg or F =

5 2

2m/s = VBW

B

2m/s = VAW A 60°

Wedge at rest

Ans. (E)

NLM on C, A + B, and D So we have

60 – T = 6a

T – 18 – T' = 9a

T' – 10 = 1a

Net velocity along string BC is

VBW VB – V W VB VBW V W

Vx sin45º + Vycos45º = 10

So

Vx + Vy = 10 2 .............(i)

VB = 2 2

( VW ) ( VBW ) 2VW VBW (cos 125 º ) Net velocity along string BA is

Vx cos75º – Vy cos15º = 0 .............(ii)

= 12 22 2 1 2 (–1/ 2) = 3 m/s Solving equations (ii) & (i)

20

3. Let v be velocity of sphere V= Vx2 Vy2 = m/s.

3

4 3

sin = , cos =

5 5 6. The free body diagrams of all bodies are as shown.

From wedge constraint ; 2N cos45° = Mg .... (1)

V sin = 20 cos For wedge to remain at rest

V = 20 cot N sin 45° < N' .... (2)

and N' = mg + N cos 45° .... (3)

3

V = 20 × = 15 m/s. From 1, 2 and 3 we get

4

2 m

4. (B) M<

1

v 2 25

a= = 2.5 m/s2 7. If we consider blocks 2 & 1 independently then there

2s 10

accelerations would be

for block (1)

3 1 1

a1 = g sin – µ1 g cos= g 2 2 2

=

g 2 3 1

4

For 6 kg : – F – 2T = 6a

for block (2)

For 2 kg : – T – 2g = 2 (2 a)

From (1) & (2) F = 75 N 3 2 1

a2 = gsin – µ2 g cos = g 2 5 2

5. Let Vx & Vy be rectangular components of velocity

of mass B

g

=

10 5 3 2

since a2 > a1 so both blocks will move separately.

8. T sin30º = ma ...................(1)

T cos30º = mg .................(2)

dx

=u .......(1)

dt

d

=u .......(2)

dt

mg greater than angle of repose else it has to be

pushed down.sw

3. Max. frictional force

dividing equation (1) by equation (2)

f max = N

a = (mg + F sin53°)

tan30º = g

4

= 0.2 (20 × 10 + 30 × )

a = g tan30º 5

g = 44.8 N

a= Ans.

3

N

mg 2mg

From (2) T = = Ans.

cos 30 0 3

Fcos53°

and mg – T = ma N 53°

mg F

2mg

mg = T + ma = + ma Fsin53°

3

=

3 3 = 18N < fmax, friction force will also be 18 N.

3mg

mg = = 3 mg Along the incline, acceleration of 5 kg block will be

3

less than acceleration of 3 kg block provided they

move alone on the incline. The reason is greater fric-

= 3 Ans.

tion coefficient of 5 kg block, as acceleration

along the incline is g sin – µg cos One to the

DPP NO. - 33 contain, both blocks will move together. In this

case FBDs of both are shown.

1. To an observer who starts falling freely under gravity

N

from rest at the instant stones are projected, the

µmg cos µmg cos

motion of stone A and B is seen as 5kg 3kg

mg sin

N

mg cos mg cos

mg sin

For 5 kg block

m1g sin + N – µ1m1g cos = m1a

For 3 kg block

m2g sin – N – µ2m2g cos = m2a

5. (B,D) Case :

1 1

Since, no relative motion : (3m)g mg 5g

= 2 4 =

F1 F F 2m 8

8

a= = F 1 (max) = F

5 3 3

Urel = 0

Case :

5g g 3g

F F2 F 8 arel = =

a= F 2 (max) = F 8 4 8

5 3 5

13 2

F1(max) 5 = gt

Clearly ; F 1 (max) > F 2 (max) and 28

F2 (max) 3

6. B, D

t = 4 3g

N2 Tsin45°

T

W2 45°

Tcos45° 1 g 2 4v 2

0.25N2 S1 = vt – t = 3g 3 s

24

W2

1 5 2 4v 5

For W 2 : S2 = vt – gt = 3g 3 .

28

N2 + T sin45° = W 2 = 100 .... (1)

T cos 45° = 0.25 N2 .... (2)

8. Ans. (a) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g

T = 20 2 N , N2 = 80 N (b) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g

(c) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g

N2

0.25N2

DPP NO. - 34

P W1

0.25N1

1. If F = 0

W1 N1 Then assuming no relative motion acceleration of

300

A+B= = 20 m/s2

15

For W 1 :

P = 0.25 (N1 + N2) .... (3) 20 m/s2 > g

N2 + W 1 = N1 .... (4) where = 0.5 and g = 10 m/s2

N1 = 280 N relative motion shall exist. Hence F = 0 N.

; fn F = 0

7.

B

converted into force by multiplying with m = 3 kg.

System start moving towards right with velocity v. Therefore area under the curve (F – x curve) is

V

1

[ × 2 × 12] + [4 × 12] = 60 J.

A g 2

aA =

f1 = 1/4 mg 4 3. It can be observed from figure that P and Q shall

collide if the initial component of velocity of P along

incline. u|| = 0 that is particle is projected perpen-

V dicular to incline.

f1 f f

A aB = 2 1

2m

f2

f 3 = 8.

DPP NO. - 35

2u 2u

Time of flight T = g cos = g cos

A

1. B F

/////////////////////

gT cos

u= = 10 m/s. Consider the blocks shown in the figure to be

2

moving together due to friction between them.

The free body diagrams of both the blocks is shown

4. F.B.D. of block below.

2T – mg = ma

a = 3g

Work done by static friction on A is positive and

so friction available = µmgcos

on B is negative.

= (0.8) (10) (10) (4/5) = 64 N.

2. From graph ; Let m be mass of block

when a = 0, F = 4 = f max

when a = 1, F = 6

F – f max = ma

6 – 4 = m(1)

m = 2kg

reaction exerted by wedge on block is

N = mg cos37° .

The acceleration of the block is g sin 37° along the

but mgsin = 60N incline and initial velocity of the block is

v = 10 m/s horizontally towards right as shown in

so required friction is 60N. figure.

So net force is zero.

(C) a = 2 î f = mg sin 37º – m a cos 37º = 44 N

(D) f = mg sin 37º – ma cos 37° = – 20 N

6 to 8.

incline is v sin 37°. Hence the displacement of the

T 2 + 4 = 20 , T 2 = 16 Nt block normal to the incline in t = 2 second is

3

S = v sin 37° × 2 = 10 ×× 2 = 12 m.

5

The work done by normal reaction

4

W = mg cos 37° S = 100 × × 12 = 960 J

f 2 = 8 , T2 = T1 + f 2 , T2 = T1 + 8 5

T1 = 8

4. a(cm) left = acm right Alternate Sol.

= tan = = 0.58 < µ

82 10 3 3 3

block does not slide. f s = mg sin300

2

a= a

5 0

DPP NO. - 36

1. Given system can accelerate in rightward direction

same acceleration for all value of F.

2. W ext = – W g

3

am = a0 – a = a = 1.2 m/s2 M L MgL

5 0

= g = .

4 8 32

2S

t= am = 2 Sec. 3. P Q = (2 -3) î + (-1 -2) ĵ (4 - (-1) k̂

F.P Q = – 4 + 9 + 10 = 15 J

0

5. W = 5dz 5J . 4. Let tension in string be T, then work done by tension

1

T = – Td

6. to 8 Angle (’)of repose ;

Applying newton’s second law on the bucket

m(g + a) sin = F

m(g + a) cos’ = R g

mg – T = m

F a

= tan’

R

3

F or T = mg

’ = tan =

–1 4

R

Hence angle of repose does not change.

3

7. To slide mg sin mgcos required work done = – mg d

4

sin cos

tan 1

tan–1 5. = 0 + (gsin). t2

cos 2

2 4

t=

3 3 3 3 g sin . cos g sin 2

= ×mg × = mg = 00.6 mg

4 2 8

But, pulling force = mg sin = mg sin300 = 0.5 mg t will be minimum if sin2 = maximum.

< f smax. block does not slide. = 45°

Hence frictional force (shear force) between the

block of the plane at this situation will be tmin = 2 g

mg 3 3

= mg sin300 = (not mg) Since as increases from 0 to 45° t decreases

2 8

and as increases 45° to 90° t increases

a = 0.25 m/s2 ; for accelerated motion

6. to 8 Vr m = Vr Vm = (10 î 10k̂ )

F C – f = ma

F C = mg + ma = 0.1 × 1000 × 10

Ans. (10 î 10k̂ ) rain appears to come 45° with î .

+ 1000 × 2.5

= 1000 + 250 = 1250 N

7. Vm = 10 2 10 2 = 10 2 m/sec.

This is the critical point just before the point where

8. Vm r Vr m = 10 î + 10 k̂ it attains maximum velocity of almost 5 m/s.

Hence maximum power at this point is = 1250 × 5

6. (A) W CL + W f = KE W CL = KE – W f = 6250 J/s.

(a) During accelerated motion negative work is done

against friction and there is also change is kinetic DPP NO. - 37

energy. Hence net work needed is +ve.

(b) During uniform motion work is done against 1

1. mg × 1 = mu2 u2 = 2g ........... (1)

2

friction only and that is +ve.

(c) During retarded motion, the load has to be v 2 = u2 + 2as 0 = 2g – 2a(3)

stopped in exactly 50 metres. If only friction is g

considered then the load stops in 12.5 metres] a= µk g = a

3

which is less than where it has to stop.

Hence the camel has to apply some force so that g 1

µk g = uK =

the load stops in 50m (>12.5 m). 3 3

Therefore the work done in this case is also +ve.

2. As long as the block of mass m remains stationary,

7. W CL|accelerated motion = KE – W friction where W CL is the block of mass M released from rest comes down

work done by camel on load. 2 Mg

by (before coming it rest momentanly again).

K

1 125

= mv 0 k mg.50 = 1000

2

Thus the maximum extension in spring is

2 2

2 Mg

similarly, W CL|retardation = KE – W friction x= ......... (1)

K

2

0 2 mv – [k mg.50] = 1000 2 kx = mg sin + mg cos ......... (2)

3 3 4

WCL |accelerated motion 2Mg = mg × + mg ×

5 4 5

WCL |retarded motion

3

or M = m Ans.

125 5 5

= =

75 3

area under F – T graph

5:3 3. Change in velocity =

mass

8. Maximum power = F max × V

Maximum force applied by camel is during the 60 (–10 )

= = 5 m/s

accelerated motion. 10

1

W F = K.E. = (10) 52 = 125 J

2

1 1

4. k x 02 +Mgh = k(x0+h)2 + 0

2 2

We have V2 – U2 = 2as

25 = 02 + 2 . a . 50 2Mg

h= – 2x0

k

DPPS FILE # 206

Maximum downward displacement

N

2Mg T

=[ – 2x0 ] N

k ma

a

5. Minimum work done to accelerate the truck from

a

speed 0 to v and from v to 2v are

N = ma T = (M + m)a

1 1 1

W 1 = mv 2 – m(0)2 = mv 2 mg – T – ma = ma

2 2 2

mg – (M + m)a – ma = ma

1 1 3

and W 2 = m(2v)2 – m(v)2 = mv 2 g a

2 2 2 a=

2 (M / m) a

W 1 < W 2

dW 2g

Sol. For W to be maximum ; =0; am = 2 a = 2 (M / m) .

dx

x

Clearly for d = ,the work done is maximum. 2

8. W f + W F = – mgx + (a – bx )dx

Alternate Solution : 0

bx 3

direction 0 = (– mg + a) x –

3

Work will be positive

3(a – mg)

cont i nuosl y so i t wi l l be m a x i m um when x=

b

displacement is maximum.

DPP NO. - 38

dv

6. a = dv = a dt

dt

1. A will be ahead of B when x A > x B

t2

1

40 (t – 10) > (0) t + (2) t 2

2

v = a dt

t1 as A is 10 sec. late than B.

t 2 – 40t + 400 < 0

Rate of change of speed = component of acceleration

(t – 20)2 < 0

along velocity

Which is not possible. So A will never be ahead at

d v v B.

a

dt v 2. By energy conservation,

1 dK

K= mv v m v a

2 dt

7.

a 1 2 1

kx = mgh + mv 2

2 2

M

T 1 1

= × 300 × (2)2 = 5 × 10 × 2 + × 5v 2

2 2

v 2 = 200

6. F max = kx + mg

v 2 sin2 30º

Also, H = = 2.5 m F min. = kx – mg

2g

F max – F min. = 2 mg

So, total height from ground = 3 + 2.5 = 5.5m. or 2 = 2 10

m = 0.1

3. Acceleration of block is = 10 m/s2

displacement s = at = × 10 × from graph F max + F min. = 5

2 2 10

and x = 0.1

= 2m

Putting in equation (1)

Tension in the string is 40 N t = 2 k(0.1)

k = 25 N/m.

Work done by gravity is

– 20 × 2 = – 40 J

8. When x = 0.03

and work done by tension is

kx = 25 × 0.03

40 × 2 = 80 J

= 0.75 N, which is less than mg = 0.1 × 10

=1N

4. For the block of mass m 2 , not to move, the

The block will be at rest, without applying force

maximum compression in the spring x o should

F.

be such that

kx o = m 2 g .... (1)

Applying work energy theorem to block of mass DPP NO. - 39

m 1 we get

1. Let both will meet at point B

1 1

m1 u2 k x o2 m1 g x o .... (2) x = 2ut + ½ at 2

2 2

From equation (1) and (2) we get 1

x = ut + (2a)t 2

2

1 1 2 m 22 g2 2 m1 m2 g2

m1 u 2 putting the

2 2 K K

1 2

appropriate value we get u=10m/s. So 2ut + at = ut + at 2

2

5. Case (i):

1 2 2u

f max = Fmin = 12 N ut = at t=

2 a

2

2u 1 2u 6 u2

So x = 2 u a =

Case (ii) : a 2 a a

F

a=

9 w= F.d r = (y î xĵ) . (dx î dyĵ)

f max = 12

= (ydx xdy) ................(1)

4a = 12

x 2 + y 2 = a2 xdx + y dy = 0

F

4 = 12 F = 27 N

9 ydy

W= y

x

xdy

(x 2 y 2 ) 2 mg 3 mg

(1 – ) =

=– x

dy k 2k

a2 a 2 the forces on left mass for it to remain at rest is

=–

0 a2 y2

dy = –

2 zero

Alternate Method

It can be observed that the force is tangent to the

curve at each point and the magnitude is con-

stant. The direction of force is opposite to the di-

kx = mg + f

rection of motion of the particle.

work done = (force) × (distance) 2 mg

k (1 – ) < mg + mg

k

a a a 2 > 1/3 least value of is 1/3.

=– x2 y2 =–a× =– J

2 2 2

6. At the instant string is cut, let the extension in

a 2 spring be x 0. The maximum compression x will

Ans. w=– J occur for spring when left block comes to rest first

2

time after the string is cut

From work energy Theorem W = 0

2

3. (W F)OAC = (xy dx x y dy )

1 1

kx 02 – kx 2 – mg (x + x 0) = 0

A C

2 2

= ( xy dx x 2 y dy ) + (xy dx x

2

y dy ) 3mg 1

0 A x0 = and =

2k 4

ON OA path ;

y = 0 , dy = 0 and on AC path mg

solving we get x =

x = 1 , dx = 0 k

A y4

7. The free body diagram (FBD) is :

(W F)OAC = (0.dx 0. dy ) + (0 1y dy ) = 8 J

0 y 0

F F F F F F F ext

A B

C

2 f

(W F)OBC = 0 + ( xy dx x

B

y dy )

1

2

= {x 4 dx x

x 0

4 (0)} =2J ( they are massless)

2

(W F)ODC = ( x y dx x

2

y dy ) K2 K1

X1 = K K X , X2 = K K X

y 4x

1 2 1 2

1

2 2

4 x 2 8 x dx ) 32 K 1K 2

= (x 4x dx x

0

=1+

6 F=

K1 K 2

X

19

= J K1K 2

3 f = F = K K X( î )

1 2

4. From work energy theorem, the masses stop when

total work done on them is zero.

1 2 a S, b R, c R, d R

W = mgx – kx – mgx = 0

2

DPP NO. - 40 at equilibrium kx = 2mg

2mg

1. Let u and v denote initial and find velocity, then then x=

k

nature of motion is indicated in diagram

1 2

So (K.E.)max = mg(2x) – kx

2S 2

a

2

u 2mg 1 2mg

= 2mg k

v

k 2 k

S

1 2m 2 g2

mv2max =

2 k

Hence initial and final speed are given by equation

02 = u2 – 2a × 2S and v 2 = 02 + 2as m

v max = 2g .

k

u u

v= or 2 Ans.

2 v

5. (i) x = u cos t

2. The work done by force from time t = 0 to t = t

sec. is given by shaded area in graph below. 3

= 20 × ×t = 10 3 m

Hence as t increases, this area increases. 2

1

y = u sin t – × 10 × t2

2

1

= 20 × × (1) – 5 (1)2 = 5m

2

Position v ector, r = 10 3 î 5 ĵ ,

Work done by force keeps on increasing.

| r | 10 3 5

2 2

(ii) v x = 10 3 î

W g + Ui – Uf = K

v y = uy + ayt = 10 – g t = 0

1 1

Mgh + Kx02 – K (x0 + 2h)2 = 0

2 2 v = 10 3 î , | v | = 10 3

1 v r (10 3 î ) (10 3 î 5 ĵ ) = 300

K(x02 – (x0 + 2h)2) = – Mgh

2

v . r = | v | | r | cos

1

K(x0 + x0 + 2h) (x0 – x0 – 2h) = –Mgh vr 300

2 cos = | v || r | =

10 3 325

1

K 2(x0 + h) (– 2h) = – Mgh

2 1

3

= cos 2

13

Mg

h= x0 .

2K

6. The normal reaction is always to surface and

1 2

4. By energy conservation kx = mg(2x) the displacement is always along the surface.

2

force and displacement are to each other. From

4mg

x= (maximum elongation) A to C it is zero.

k

DPPS FILE # 210

7. Total work done by gravity = work done against

2r1 2r2 v1 r1 1

friction 4. = v v = r =

v1 2 2 2 2

mgh = mg. x 0

h 2

= x v12 / r1 v1 r2 1 1

0 = . r = . 2 =

v 22 / r2 v

2 1 4 2

= change in K.E. a1 2 r1 r1 4 1

Alternate method a = 2 = r = 8 = 2

2 r2 2

x0 1 2 1 2

mgh – mg = mv f mv i

2 2 2 5. Mathod (I)

After 3 sec.

h x0 1 2 h Vy = uy + gt = – 30 m/s

= mgh – x mg 2 = mv f 0

0 2 x0

and Vx = 10 m/s V 2 = V x2 + V y 2

mgh 1 V = 10 10 m/s

m v 2f vf = gh

2 2

Vx 1

DPP NO. - 41 Now, tan = V =

y 3

1. /////

///// 1

2gr /// sin =

///

10

/////////////

m

=1

// ///

/// r

// //

////////

////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 10 m/s

S 45m

30m (p) Vx = 10 m/s

W g + W f = Kf – Ki

V

vy=–30

1 ///////////////////////////////////////

mg 2r – µmgS = 0 – m (2gr)

2

3mgr = µmgS

V2

3r 3 1 Radius of curvature r =

S= = = 6m g sin

µ 0 .5

r = 100 10 m

Mathod (II)

Let horizontal and vertical position of point p be x

2.

& y respectively

1 2

R 2 R2 x2 x = Vt and y = gt

cos t = 2

2R 2

gx 2

t equation of trajectory y =

x = 2R sin 2V 2

2

3. The ratio of distance travelled by B and C in same dy gx d2 y g

duration of time t is = v B : v C = 5 : 4 = 2 and 2 =

dx V dx V2

Now V cos 37° = 20 cos53° as horizontal compo-

3/2

dy 2 nent does not charge.

1

dx 3 5

Radius of curvature r = V = 20 × = 15 m/s.

d2 y 5 4

dx 2 9. The initial velocity is 15 m/s acceleration of par-

ticle is (g sin + g cos)

2 2

3/2 downwards along the tube.

1 g x

V 4

=

g/ v2

Now after 3 s x = Vt = 30 m

3 3

and V = 10 m/s a = 10 sin37 + × 10 × cos37 = 10 ×

8 5

r = 100 10 m.

3 4

+ × 10 × = 9 m/s2

8 5

V2 = u2 + 2as

6. aNet = a 2t a 2c

V2 = 152 – 2 × 9 × 12.5 = 0

2 = 2 + 2 V2 = 0

= 0 Given that the tube is slightly less than 12.5 m. It

so 2 = 2 means the particle will just drop from tube. Hence

2R = 2 (R) K.E. at the tube end = 0.

ac = 2R = 2at

10. Time taken by projectile to reach the bottom of

1= 0.36 (1.2 )2

tube from point of projection is

1 – 0.36 = (1.2 )2 9

15

0.8 20 ) 37°

16 12

1.2

2 12 12.5cos37°

radian

3

7

9 = 16 – gt t = = 0.7 sec.

7. Only the f ollowing statements are true f rom 10

definition of a conservative force. During this time particle travels 12 × 0.7 m

"Its work is zero when the particle moves exactly = 8.4 m horizontally.

once around any closed path". Total distance = 8.4 m + 12.5 cos37°

"Its work depends on the end points of the motion, = 8.4 + 10 = 18.4 m.

not on the path between".

DPP NO. - 42

Let its velocity here be V.

1. Final P.E. of block = Initial P.E. of block + work done

by friction

Vsin37 20sin53° mgh' = mgh – mgd

V 20

37° 53°

3. In uniform circular motion force is towards center

Ucos37° 20cos53° but in nonuniform circular motion net force is not

towards centre.

In retardation angular acceleration and angular directed from B to O.

velocity are opposite to each other. Acceleration vector of car at B is

Tangential acceleration and angular velocity are

perpendicular to each other so cross product will v2 2 R

a = ( – sin 37° î + cos 37° ĵ ) =

R 20T2

not be zero.

(– 3 î + 4 ĵ ) m/s2

U U

4. F x = or F y = y , only (B) option satisfies (b) The magnitude of average acceleration of car is in

x

time T is

the criterea.

5. (D) The bob of the pendulum moves in a circle of v C VB 2v R

= = m/s2

T T 2 T2

3R

radius (R + Rsin300) =

2

DPP NO. - 43

1

1. mg1 + wfk = (1)22 – 0

2

wfk = 2 – 10

1 1

mg(2R) + k(2R)2 = mv 2

3R 2 2 2

Force equations :Tsin300 = m

2

kR 2

Tcos300 = mg v = 2 gR .

m

3 2 R 1

0

tan30 = = mv 2

2 g 3 3. T = mgcos + ........(i)

r

2g T = 2mg ........(ii)

= Ans. M.E. conservation

3 3R

6. For a < g 1

mgr = mgr (1 – cos) + mv 2 ........(iii)

N=0 2

For a > g

2

From (i), (ii) & (iii) = cos 1 Ans.

(m1 m 2 )a (m1 m 2 )g 3

a m1m 2 = (m1 m 2 )

For m1 is about to loose contact.

From application of Newton's second law to the

m1a – m1g + N = m1 × a m1m 2

particle normal to the spherical surface.

m1a – m1g + N = m1(a – g)

N = 0. mv 2

= mg sin .......... (1)

R r

7. Speed of car is v = m/s

2T Applying conservation of energy as the block moves

from A to B..

v2 2 R

(a) The acceleration of car is = at B and is

R 4 T2 1

mv 2 = mg (r cos – r sin ) .......... (2)

2

Solving 1 and 2 we get 9. KEC = (ME)A – (PE)C = 2500 – 10 × 10 × 10

3 sin = 2 cos = 1500 J.

5. radial acceleration at the point of landing

= 2200 J.

u2

a = g cos 60 =

n r DPP NO. - 44

u2 (10 ) 2 a

r= = 20 m 1. As ; cos =

g cos 60 10 1 / 2 2a

= 60º

u N sin60º = mg

60 60

2 a

60 N cos60º = m

gcos60 u 2

g

6.

Then the velocity of mass at B is u/2 w.r.t. wire

2g 2g

As the system moves from initial the final position tan60º = 2 2 =

a a 3

Increase in potential energy is = 4 mg + 2mg

Decrease in kinetic energy

2. aA = g sin(only tangential)

2

1 2 1 u 5

= mu m = mu2 v2

2 2 2 8 aB = (only radial)

From conservation of energy

5 48

mu2 = 6 mg or u = g

8 5

A

v

7. MEA B

mg mgcos

1 1 mgsin

= Mv 2 + Mg × 20 = × 102 × 10 + 10 × 20 × 10

2 2

= 2500 J. K.E. + P.E. = K.E. + P.E.

= m0 2 mg(1 cos ) mv 2

PEB = 0 KEB = MEA = 2500 J. 2 2

v 2 = 2g (1 – cos) ............(i)

DPPS FILE # 214

v2 mv 2 mv 2

aB = = 2g(1 – cos) f x' = cos – mg sin – (mg cos +

R R

Since, aA = aB sin ) = 0

g sin = 2g(1 – cos) for = 45º and = 1

v max = (infinite)

2sin cos = 2 × 2sin2

2 2 2

4. Centre of mass of circular disc of radius

1 4R = (0, 0)

tan = Centre of mass of upper disc = (0, 3R)

2 2

Centre of mass of lower disc = (3R, 0)

1 Let M be mass of complete disc and then the mass

= 2 tan–1 Ans.(A)

2 M

of cut out disc are

3. F.B.D. for minimum speed (w.r.t. automobile): 16

Hence, centre of mass of new structure is given

by

m1x1 m 2 x 2 m 3 x 3

x

m1 m 2 m 3

M M

M (0 ) ( 0) (3R)

16 16 3R

= M M =

mv 2 M 14

f y' = N – mg cos – sin = 0. 16 16

R

mv 2 m1y1 m 2 y 2 m 3 y 3

f x' = cos + N – mg sin = 0 y

R m1 m 2 m 3

mv 2 mv 2 M M

cos + (mg cos + M (0 ) (3R) (0 )

R R 16 16 3R

= M M =

sin ) – mg sin = 0 M 14

16 16

(Rg cos Rg sin )

v2 =

(cos sin ) 3R

Position vector of C.M. = ( î ĵ )

for = 45º and = 1 : 14

Rg Rg

vmin = =0 5. F BD of M

1 1

a

F.B.D for maximum speed (w.r.t. automobile) fs 100 Nt

100 – fs = 60 a (1)

F BD of B

a

fs

40 B T

fk

T + f s – fk = 40 a (2) Then the coordinate of centre of mass of left and right

f k = (0.1) (60 +40) g

2R 2R

From (1) and (2) half rings are , 0 and , 0 .

100 – fs = 60 a

f s = 40 Nt x-coordinates of centre of mass of comple ring is

m 2m

not press 5 kg block So N = 0. 2R

3m =

3

3.

L L

K 2 x4

0

L

x dx . x

4

0

x cm = L = L

K 3

2 x

7. F min = f A + f B = 60 N. L x dx

0

3

0

8. If F = 50 N, force on 5 kg block = 10 N

3

= L

4

So friction force = 10 N

=

K Unstable equilibrium dx 2a

L Stable equilibrium

dy

M Neutral equilibrium At (2a, a), =1

dx

hence = 45°

DPP NO. - 45 the component of weight along tangential direction

is mg sin .

1. V = g R tan (20)2 = 10 × 100 × tan

g

hence tangential acceleration is g sin =

4 2 2

tan = =

10 5

2r

distance

from its centre. (Let = mass/length)

2. Let the two half rings be placed in left and right of y-

axis with centre as shown in figure. 2r 4r

r 2r

Ycm = 6r

r r r 2r 3 2

Hence m ax i m um energy st ored i s at t he

6. natural length.

kx = m2 + m2 x 1

(k – m2) x = m2 & MEmax = mv 2

2

x= Ans. (B) moving at this instant at a speed u with respect

k – m 2

to the other end of the spring.

1

7. For slowly havled K = 0 Hence MEmax = m(2u)2 = 2mu2.

2

W F + W g + W f = K

W g = –mgh 2. Apply work energy theorem

W f = –mgk µmg (2) + mgh = KEi – KEf .............(1)

W F = mgh + mgk = mg (h + k). at the highest point

Vblock = Vwedge

8. As speed of ball is variable, so motion is non uniform velocity of the block after passing through the rough

circular motion. surface is v = 36 2g( 2)

9. At the highest position of ball, tangential acceleration

1 (v) = (1 + 2) v f

of ball is zero,

vf = v/3

µ = 0.675

10. Tension in the string is minimum when ball is at the

1

highest position. By conservation of energy mv 2 + m1 x1 (–m 2 ) x 2

2 3. x =

m1 (–m 2 )

1

mg (2) = m(20 g)

2 A1 x1 (– A 2 ) x 2

=

A1 (– A 2 )

v 2 = 16 g where v is the velocity of ball at the highest

point. A1 = (3R)2 , A2 = R2

x 1 = O , x 2 = 2R

mv 2

So T + mg =

x = – R/4

T= – mg = 15 mg

40 N force on the boy, in opposite direction. As

1. As ; W ext = (ME) ; ME = Mechanical energy. boy is also moving with same acceleration

Mechanical energy will keep on increasing upto f – 40 = 50.2

the instant the W ext is positive, which will happen

till there is no compression in the spring. First

the spring gets extended to a maximum and after

which the extension decreases upto the natural

length. After that there is a compression in the

spring, results in a –ve external work (so as to f = 140 N.

move the end of spring at constant speed u). Aliter : Consider the boy + block system. The

only external force is friction acting on boy ’f’

f = (Mboy + Mblock )a = 140 N.

f = (Mman + Mblock )a = 140 N.

b 13

m1x1 m 2 x 2 m 3 x 3 m 4 x 4 or

6. Xcm = a 4

m1 m 2 m 3 m 4

= =

5324 14 7

m1y1 m 2 y 2 m 3 y 3 m 4 y 4

Ycm=

m1 m 2 m 3 m 4

2.

5 ( 6) 3 5 2 (–3) 4 (–4 )

=

5324

23

= Minimum velocity at lowest point to complete the

14

7. (A) If motion is uniform circular motion (constant circle is u = 5g

speed), change in kinetic energy of particle is zero so by energy conservation between point A and B

W all = KE2 – KE1

W all = 0 ki + ui = kf + v f

If motion is non uniform circular motion then

1 1

kinetic energy of particle may decrease or in- m × 5 g + 0 = mv 2 + mg

2 2

crease. So work done by all the forces may be posi-

tive or negative. V= 3g

by all the force is zero. For vertical downward dis- 3. For the ring to move in a circle at constant speed the

placement, work done by gravity is positive. net force on it should be zero. Here spring force will

provide the necessary centripetal force.

(C) In projectile motion, for upward v ertical

displacement, speed particle decreases, so work

done by all the forces will be negative. For

v ertical downward displacement, speed of

particle increases, so work done by all the force will

be positive.

kx = mx2

(D) If the speed of train is increasing, then work done

by all the forces is positive and vice versa. If train is k 300

= = = 10 rad/sec. Ans.

moving downward the incline, work done by gravity m 3

on the particle is positive. 4. The extension is spring is x = 2R cos 30° –R

DPP NO. - 47 = 3 1R

1. If centre of mass is at A

a 1 1

a2 2 = ab sin b sin

2 3

Applying Newton's second law to the bead normal to (D) u 2 î 3 ĵ and a 6 î 9 ĵ . Hence initial velocity is

circular ring at point B in same direction of constant acceleration,

therefore particle moves in straight line with

N=K 3 1R cos 30° + mg cos 30° increasing speed.

=

3 1 mg 3 1 R cos 30° + mg cos 30° 8. Both the statements are true. The work done by all

R forces on a system is equal to change in its kinetic

energy, irrespective of fact whether work done by

3 3 mg internal forces is positive, is zero or is negative.

N= .

2

5. We have = 2 × (100 rev) = 200 rad DPP NO. - 48

So 2 = 02 + 2

1. This disc can be assumed to be made of a

1600 = 900 + 2 × 200

complete uniform disc and a square plate with

700 7 same negative mass density.

= =

400 4

m1y1 m 2 y 2

Ycm = m1 m 2

Also = 0 + t

7 ( r 2 ) (0) 2 ( ) (r / 2)

40 = 30 + t =

4 r 2 2 ( )

40 r3

t=

7 2r 2 r

= =

6. According to W.E. theorem 2(r 2 2 ) r2

1

2(r 2 ) 4

2 2

1 5

2

mV2 - 0 = 0 (10 4 x ) dx 40 20

2. = rad/sec2

V = 10m/s 10

22 = 12 + 2

Instantaneous power = F.V

(40)2 = (20)2 + 2(2)

= 30 × 10 = 300W

(40 )2 (20)2 60 20

= = = 300

4 4

7. (A) F = constant and u F 0 2n = 300

Therefore initial velocity is either in direction of n = 150.

constant force or opposite to it. Hence the particle

m v B2 v2

will move in straight line and speed may increase 3. VB = 2 10 10 ; < mg ; R > B

R g

or decrease.

R > 20 m

(B) u F 0 and F = constant

initial velocity is perpendicular to constant force, N N

4. 2N sin45º = mg

hence the path will be parabolic with speed of

particle increasing. mg

N= 45°

(C) v F 0 means instantaneous velocity is alway 2

perpendicular to force. Hence the speed will remain

F = 2N

constant. And also | F | = constant. Since the particle mg

mg

moves in one plane, the resulting motion has to be = 2 =

2 2 mg.

circular.

5. Let ‘u’ be the required minimum velocity. By mo-

1 R 1

mentum conservation : mv a2 = mg m(gR)

2 2 2

mu = (m + m)v v = u/2.

v a2 = gR + gR = 2gR

va = 2gR

that much speed initially, so that the string must not

become loose any where until it reaches the peg B.

At the initial position :

Energy equation : mv c2

T + mgcos600 = ; V C being the initial

R

1 1

mu2 = (2m)v 2 + mgH.

2 2 speed in clockwise direction.

Substituting v = u/2 :

For VC min : Put T = 0 ;

u = 2 gH

VC min : T=0

VC =

2

u

to move at V = = gH on the smooth surface.

2

(since, momentum of wedge-block system remains gR

conserved). VC/Va = 2 = 1

2gR 2

VC : Va = 1 : 2 Ans.

1 2. In the frame of ring (inertial w.r.t. earth), the initial

– (mg) (BE) – mgh = – mu2

4

velocity of the bead is v at the lowest position.

1 Hh

=– m (4 gH) BE =

4

(B), (C) and (D) Centre of mass lies on y-axis

and below x-axis.

The condition for bead to complete the vertical circle

DPP NO. - 49 is, its speed at top position

v top 0

From conservation of energy

1. (C) For anti-clockwise motion, speed at the highest

1 1

point should be gR . Conserving energy at (1) & m v 2top + mg (2R) = mv 2

2 2

(2) :

or v = 4 gR

mv 2

Hence the net force is equal to . Hence the

R

force) is proportional to v 2 .

5. T cos30º + N sin30º = mg DPP NO. - 50

3 T + N = 2 mg ..............(i)

1. Length of spring at maximum = 2 cos

Extension is x = (2 cos – )

mv 2

T sin30º – N cos30º = T Now initial potential energy of the spring is

( 3 / 2)

converted into final PE of spring and gravitational

sin30º – 3N = 4mv 2 PE.

3 T – 3N = 4mv 2 ..............(ii)

2mg 4mv 2

by (i),)(ii) N= ; T=

4

6mg 4mv 2

4 3

1 2 1

for N > 0 v < 5 m/s k = k (2 cos – )2 + mg ( – cos )

2 2

38 Putting values

at v = 2 T= N ; N = 2N.

3 1 1

× 10 × 1 2 = × 10 (2 cos – 1) 2 + 10

Solution : 2 2

In P, Q and S; the centre of masses lie at D/2 height (1 – cos )

from the base level. Where as in R(cons) the com = – 2

lies at D/4 height from the base. 5 = 5 (2 cos – 1)2 + 10 (1 + cos2)

Hence UP > UQ. 1 = (4 cos2 + 1 – 4cos) + 2(1 + 2cos2– 1)

Ans. (C). 8 cos2 = 4 cos

6. (a) For motion to start 1

cos =

5 k mg 2

> smg or 5k > 4s

4 = 60°

= 60º .

2. T – m w2r = ma

(b)

T

m w2r (C.F.F)

At the final position of the block extension in spring

m

is maximum and the speed of the block is a

v = 0. Hence the net work done in taking the block T a

m

from initial to final position

mg

W = work done by P + work done by spring force F

+ work done by friction = 0

x g

5 k mg Kx 4 T – m = ma (1)

= P x – Kx 3 . dx – µmgx =

4

x–

4

3

0

mg

– kmgx = 0 mg – T = ma (2) T – = mg

3

1/ 3

K mg –T

solving we get x= Ans.

K 2T = 4 mg/ 3

T = 2 mg /3 Ans. (B)

DPPS FILE # 221

3. (B) As both the balls are released simultaneously,

at any instant before the lower balls reaches the

ground both have the same velocity ; v = gt i.e. ‘v’ vs.

r

‘t’ is a straight line graph. 7. For A

aA = v2/r

mv( t ) mv( t )

V CM = = v (t) ; v (t) being the

2m

instantaneous velocity. 2

v /2 2r

Just after the lower ball strikes ground and comes to 2r 45

0

For B v2/2 2r

rest : v2/2r

m v (t ) v(t )

VCM = =

2m 2

v 2 v 2 v2

î - ĵ

= arel = r

i.e. the velocity suddenly drops to half its value. 2 2r 2 2r

Hence graphs (A) & (B) are chosen.

After collision :

v2

m(g) m(0) g

= |arel | =

2 2r

(2 2 1)2 12

aCM = =

mm 2

v2

i.e. the slope (of v–t curve) should decrease to half.

= (2 2 1)2 12

2 2r

Hence (B) is the best option.

Vf Vi (Slope at B) (Slope at A )

4. aav = = v2 8 1 4 2 1

t 1s =

2r 2

1 1

= = – 2 m/s2 v2 10 4 2 v2

1 = = (5 2 2 )

2r 2 2r

5. mrcm = m 1r1 + m 2r2

= (m + 2m) (0) = m(x – 4) + 2m(x)

v2

= 2.172 (B)

4 2r

x = cm.

3

It has same magnitude but different direction so

2n

v rel = 2 2 2 w= t1

v v 2v cos(180 )

= 2v 2 (1 cos )

For 'A' n = 1/4

2(1/ 4) v

v rel = 2 v sin w= w=

2 t1 r

change with time t

v

vrel = ........ (i)

r 2t1

t

r

For B car t1 =

2v

2r v DPP NO. - 51

w= t = 4t =

2 2 r

2

1. The side view of circular motion is as shown :

v V

= 2t

r 2

r

t = =t =t . mv 2

2v 1 2

T + mg sin =

R

9. (A) Both have same linear speed at mean

When A at A' than B at A' 1 1

mv i2 = mv 2 + mg2R(sin )

2 2

When A at B than B at B' When A at C then B at C'

for v i to be minimum, v is minimum and hence

B

T=0

A'

r v i2 = 5gR. sin

2r r

B' 5g

A v i)min = Ans.

2

r

B r 2. Friction force between wedge and block is internal

C

i.e. will not change motion of COM. Friction force

on the wedge by ground is external and causes

(B) Friction for always towards centre to privide

COM to move towards right. Gravitational force

mv 2 (mg) on block brings it downward hence COM

sufficient centripetal force comes down.

r

(C) From above diagram 1 2

3. After 3 sec. height of COM. is 50 + ut – gt

2

B A'

O'

r 1

2r O = 50 + 10 × 3 – × 10 × 32

A 2

r' B'

= 35 m

A

C' m1H1 m 2H2 m 3H3

B C HC.M. = m1 m 2 m 3

mv 2 2 0 1 40 1 H3

For car A O' to A fs = 35 =

r 4

H3 = 100 m

mv 2

For car B O' to B' fs' =

2r 4 The free body daigram of hoop is

mv 2 m 2v 0 4

For A A to C = = fs The normal reaction N = m 2 g2

2r

r2

mv 2

For B B' to C' = = fs'

r m 2v 0 4

Frictional force = µkN = µk m 2 g2

r2

1 3 d 3 d 2 3 11

3 d 4 ( d ) 2 3 d 8 d

Xcm= 1 3 2

d (d3 ) d3

3 3

µk N

tangential acceleration =

m

E 3d

4 8

v0

= µk g2 F

d/2

r2

d/2

Ref. line

d/4

G

5. V = =v

v 2 v 2 2v 2 cos 60

1 3

where, d is the mass of cone,

3

| v | v 3 v2 v2 ai

aavg = = = ai = ; a

t t R R av (d3 ) is the mass of cylinder

v 2 R 2 3

= = & d is the mass of hemisphere.

R 3v 2

3 3

T Tcos

6.

DPP NO. - 52

A

1. 7M ( x î yĵ zk̂ ) = M î ĵ ĵ

Tsin 2 2 2

T sin < T

Shifting = x2 y 2 z2 = 3.

tA < t B 14

7. Let v be the final speed of block when it is at maximum 2. Path of Q and R will intersect and will be on opposite

to that of P .

height h. At that instant the speed of circular track

shall also be v. Since there is no friction, the centre of mass will fall

vertical downward. When the rod falls on the ground,

it is shown as a dotted.

From conservation of momentum 3. (C) The work done by man is negative of magnitude

m 2gR = (m + 2m) v ....(1) of decrease in potential energy of chain

1 1

m (2gR) = (m + 2m) v 2 + 2mgh ....(2) L/2

2 2 L/4

2 L m L L

2h = R Ans. R/3 U = mg – g = 3 mg

3 2 2 4 8

G. Let be their common density. W=–

8

Applying W -E theorem from starting to that

U U

4. f =– î – y ĵ = – [6 î ] + [8] ĵ instant.

x

kf – ki = W gr. + W sp + W ten.

= – 6 î + 8 ĵ 1 2

0 – 0 = 2 M.g.x + Kx + 0

2

a = – 3 î + 4 ĵ has same direction as that of

4 Mg

3 î 4 ĵ a x=

u K

2 2

System will have maximum KE when net force on

the system becomes zero. Therefore

| a | = 5

2 Mg = T and T = kx

| u | = 5/2

2 Mg

Since u and a are in same direction, particle will x=

K

move along a straight line

Hence KE will be maximum when 2M mass has

5 1

S= ×2+ × 5 × 22 2 Mg

2 2 gone down by .

K

= 5 + 10 = 15 m. 15 m. Ans

5. (A) Sm =

m1 m 2

2 Mg 1 4 M2 g 2

kf – 0 = 2Mg. – K.

(3m ) ( x ) (m) ( n) K 2 K2

0=

3m m

2 M2 g 2

kf =

K2

x=

4

2

1 4 Mg

Maximum energy of spring = K .

2 K

8 M2 g 2

=

K

(C)

Therefore Maximum spring energy

= 4 × maximum K.E.

2 Mg

When K.E. is maximum x = .

2u sin K

T=

g

1 4 M2 g 2 2 M2 g 2

Displacement of sled in this time = Spring energy = .K . =

2 K2 K2

i.e. (D) is wrong.

u cos 2u sin 1 u 2 sin 2

=

3 g 3 g

4 u2 sin 2 7.

Total distance = 3 g

Let the block A shift to left by x1 and block B shift to

6. Maximum extension will be at the moment when

right by x2. The centre of mass of the two block

both masses stop momentarily after going down.

system is at rest

DPPS FILE # 225

Hence mx1 = 2mx2

1 1

m v A2 = k x02

x 2 4

or x2 = 1 ...........(1)

2 work done on block A by spring = change in kinetic

and the spring f orce on either block is energy of block A

k (x0 – [x1 + x2]), where x0 is the initial compression

1 1

in the spring = m v A2 = k x02

2 4

Let the block A shift further left by dx1

work done on block by spring is DPP NO. - 53

dW = k (x0 – x1 – x2) dx1 ........(2)

= k x 0 x1 dx1 direction = for (bob + string + cart)

2

mV0 = (m + m)v

3

dW = k x 0 x 1 dx1 V0

2 v=

2

Net work done

By mechanical energy conserv ation f or

x0 / 3 (bob + string + cart + earth)

3 k x 02

dW = k x 0 x1 dx1 =

2 4 1 1

x1 0 mV02 + 0 + 0 = (2m)v 2 + mgh + 0

2 2

1 2

Ans. k x02 1 1 V

4 mV02 – (2m) 0 = mgh

2 2 4

ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION

Solving it,

Let the speeds of blocks A and B at the instant

V02

x h= .

compression is 0 be v A and v B as shown in figure 4g

2

2. after collision

[0 = natural length of spring]

V = V1 + V2 .............(i)

and e = .............(ii)

direction V 2

Applying conservation of momentum in horizontal

3V

direction By (i) and o (ii) V2 =

4

initial momentum = final momentum

0 = m(–v A) + 2m v B So impulse on B

or vA = 2 vB .............(1)

3V

from conservation of energy =m

4

2

1 1 x0 1 1 and loss in K.E.

k x02 = k + m v A2 + 2m v B2

2 2 2 2 2

3

= mV2

..........(2) 16

from (1) and (2) we get

All forces on rod, act in vertical direction. Hence

3. acceleration of centre of mass is vertically

downwards.

centre of mass of rod moves vertically down

wards.

QS

1 1

–mg × S = 0 + k (0.1)2 – × 1 × ( 3 )2

2 2

k 3

– 0.1 × 1 × 10 × 0.5 =

200 2

k = 200 N/m

3

QSQ BP = sin 60º = ; C1 P = cos 60º

2 2

1 1

– mg × 0.5 × 2 = mv Q2 – mu2

2 2

PB1 = B1C1 – C1 P = (1 – cos60º) =

2 4

1 1

–1= × 1 × v Q2 – ×1×3 Di spl ac em ent of end B is B B1

2 2

v Q = 1 m/s 3

2 2

13

QP = BP 2

PB 12 = =

2 4 4

v P2 = v Q2 – 2(g) (2r)

0 .9 8

vP = 12 4 10 = = 0.8 m/s 5. Let the velocity of man after jumping be ‘u’ towards

100 10

right. Then speed of cart is v-u towards left. From

conservation of momentum mu = 2m(v – u)

mv P2 1 64 100 55

NP = mg = – 10 = N.

r 100 0.9 0.9 2v

u=

3

4. Displacement =

4 16 system

1 1 13

= 3 =

2 4 4 m

v-u

/////////////////////////////////////////////

1 1

Alternate solution = mu2 + 2m (v – u)2

2 2

Initially the rod is at rest

ucm of rod = 0 2 2

1 2v 1 v mv 2

= m + 2m = Ans.

2 3 2 3 3

6. (A) p (B) q (C) q, s (D) r

Sol. (Moderate) The FBD of block and plank and

are shown. Work done on block by friction is

positive

Work done on plank by friction is negative.

Work done by friction on plank plus block is zero

= 0.2 gL =

2 10

Since there is no rubbing between block and plank, velocity of ball after jerk

mechanical

energy is not lost. (i.e., heat and allied losses are 3 3gL

v cos = gL = .

not produced). 2 2

Work done by friction on plank + block is negative

when there is relative motion between block and 4. If velocity of m2 is zero then

plank. This work done is equal loss in mechanical by momentum conservation

energy of block + plank system. m1v = m2 v

DPP NO. - 54 m2 v

v = m

1. The centre of mass of man + disc shall always remain 1

at rest. Since the man is always at periphery of disc, Now kinetic energy of m1

the centre of disc shall always be at distance R/3

## Mult mai mult decât documente.

Descoperiți tot ce are Scribd de oferit, inclusiv cărți și cărți audio de la editori majori.

Anulați oricând.